Best of Uganda by Sven Boermeester

UGANDA G l o b a l V i l l a g e . w o r l d V o l u m e 2

THE REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

FOREWORD - H.E. YOWERI KAGUTA MUSEVENI PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

PUBLISHERS FOREWORD

STATE OF THE NATION ADDRESS BY H.E. YOWERI KAGUTA MUSEVENI - PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

108

CHAPTER ONE

128

FINANCE, PLANNING AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

CHAPTER TWO

INVESTMENT

110

FOREWORD - Minister of Finance, Planning and Economic Development, Hon. Matia Kasaija

130

UIA (Uganda Investment Authority) - 20 Reasons to Invest in Uganda

111

FOREWORD - Permanent Secretary/Secretary to the Treasury Mr. Keith Muhakanizi

132

UIA (Uganda Investment Authority) - Investment Opportunities

112 114

Rebranding Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development: #Doing More

138

CMA (Capital Markets Authority) - Implementing Uganda’s 10 Year Capital Markets Development Master Plan

The Ugandan Economy

188

CHAPTER FIVE

200

SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATIONS

190 192

Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation (MoSTI) Kiira Motors - Establishment of the Kiira Vehicle plant in Uganda

CHAPTER SIX

OIL AND GAS

202 216

UNOC (Uganda National Oil Company) - Your partner in Uganda’s Oil and Gas sector The Uganda Refinery Project

CONTENTS

104

UGANDA VISION 2040

UGANDA AT A GLANCE

MUSEUMS AND CULTURE

FESTIVALS IN UGANDA

ICONS OF UGANDA

THE THREE PAPAL VISITS TO UGANDA

140

CHAPTER THREE

162

TRAVEL, TOURS AND LEISURE

142 144 158

NATIONAL PARKS

Chief Executive Officer, Uganda Tourism Board Lilly Ajarova Uganda Tourism Board - Top 20 Destinations in Uganda Semuliki National Park

218

CHAPTER SEVEN

WATER AND ENVIRONMENT

220

Minister for Water and Environment Sam Cheptoris, MP

221

Permanent Secretary Ministry of Water and Environment - Okot Alfred Okidi

222

Water infrastructure development Hon. Ronald Kibule, Minister of State for Water

234

Directorate of Environmental Affairs: Protecting Uganda’s Environment

238

Incorporating Water Governance in the Annual Monitoring and Reporting Framework

CHAPTER FOUR

240

164 166 168

Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA) Executive Director’s Message - Sam Mwandha DID YOU Know? Uganda’s National Parks - at a Glance

CHAPTER EIGHT

HOTELS, LODGES AND BREWERIES

242 246 250 254 256

Sheraton Kampala Hotel Exclusive Camps and Lodges

260

CHAPTER NINE

DESIGN AND INTERIORS

262 265

Nina Interiors Lavender Blinds

Emburara Farm Lodge Adere Safari Lodge Uganda Breweries Limited

FOREWORD

H.E. Yoweri Kaguta Museveni

PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF UGANDA The average GDP growth rate of 6.74% per annum has made Uganda the 17th fastest growing economy in the world, and the 4th in Africa. The Harvard Centre for International Development recently brought out a graph which indicated that by 2025, Uganda will be the fastest growing economy in the world. No European country, not even the USA (except West Germany between 1950 and 1980 which did 3.8%) has grown its GDP per capita at the same rate as Uganda over a period of three decades. Only East Asian Tigers sustained GDP per capita growth of 5.6% during their intense period of transformation between 1960 and 1990. Export performance has been excellent, with diversification leading to non-traditional cash crops earning Uganda US$ 2.84 billion. Foreign Direct Investment inflows have continued to increase mainly in the areas of oil and gas production and mineral sector development. The Government remains committed to ensuring a secure and peaceful Uganda. This has come about by promoting and upholding patriotism, democracy and good governance as core principles for National socio-economic transformation. The Tourism sector has become the number one export for Uganda, and the potential remains largely untapped. To harness this sector further, Government is prioritizing the tourism infrastructure including roads, accommodation and security. The tourist arrivals into Uganda have steadily increased from 850,000 in 2008 to over 1.505 million arrivals in 2018 representing a 77% record increment. A firm foundation for industrialization and especially manufacturing has been laid. Government is prioritizing investment in Industrial Parks to support industrialization and create jobs. We had only 2,276 km of tarmac roads in 1986 compared to 6,027 km currently. You can now drive on a tarmac road from Border to Border and this has significantly reduced travel time. The modernization of the railway system by building the Standard Gauge Railway will bring down the cost of transport. Uganda is unstoppable because the Government has invested heavily in infrastructure especially in roads, energy, water, schools, hospitals, innovation, agriculture, security and other elements. These have positive returns on the economy, creating job opportunities and lowering the cost of doing business. This book provides good information on Uganda. I, therefore, encourage you to read it.

Yoweri Kaguta Museveni PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

PUBLISHERS FOREWORD

Best of Uganda As part of the international Best of series from Global Village Partnerships, Best of Uganda is a business-driven publication aimed at promoting Uganda. This is the go-to publication for anyone interested in the country as it offers a succinct guide to government, business and leisure offerings. The electronic and coffee table book on Uganda is a powerful corporate network with controlled distribution to reach top government, business and private decision makers. There is an indelible hope for the future evident amongst the Ugandan people. Uganda’s unique history allows an insight into the perseverance of her people and the dark shadows within this history serve to further illuminate just how bright the future is. The Best of Uganda allows us an opportunity to share this story through sharing the vision of the country, its beliefs and values, and its successes and opportunities. Uganda is East Africa’s tourism hub because of its distinctive attractions of unspoiled scenic beauty comprising of splendid national game parks, verdant forests, rolling hills and mountains, and brimming rivers and lakes among others. Home to more than half of Africa’s bird population, Uganda is one of the leading bird watching destinations in the world. The most priceless attribute is its status as home to over 50% of the world’s known population of mountain gorillas. The country also boasts three UNESCO World Heritage Sites, two of them National Parks (Bwindi Impenetrable Forest National Park and Rwenzori Mountains National Park), and the other a cultural site (Kasubi Tombs). All three of them are amazing places that are a must visit for those coming to Uganda. Uganda’s rich natural heritage and fertile land has allowed for flourishing mineral and agricultural sectors. Uganda is among the leading producers of coffee, bananas, tropical fruits and seed oil crops. It also has large underexploited mineral deposits of gold, oil, and high grade tin, amongst others. Discovery of extractable quantities of oil and gas in the Albertine Graben region has revived the sector. The ICT sector is one of the most vibrant and fastest growing sectors in the economy. This vibrancy hinges largely on the country’s solid legal and regulatory frameworks. The country is now connected to three marine fibre optic cables running along the Eastern Africa coast in the Indian Ocean. Uganda is thus positioning itself to be the hub for the Business Processing and Management Outsourcing industry within the region. Uganda’s Vision 2040 aims to transform the country into a modern and prosperous country. Target sectors for this transformation include oil and gas, tourism, ICT Business, minerals, agriculture and industrialization backed by an abundant and willing labour force, prime geographical location for trade, and sufficient water resources. Global Village World which publishes the Best of series is an international media company with regional offices across the world. Started in 2005, the Best of publications have grown to become a global series in over 60 countries and territories. The Proudly African umbrella comprising of the African Titles is therefore part of a stable which houses all Best of publications.

The African publications, produced by GVPedia Communications, have attracted the fastest growth with more than 20 ongoing titles. Best of Uganda is part of this powerful umbrella – maximising on trade relations within Africa and ultimately the world. www.GlobalVillage.world provides an accessible online home to the Best of series and our other stable of publications with ‘good news’ editorial and colorful pictorial imagery in the highest quality print format. Together with www.issuu.com our e-books have over seven million hits per year. Our sincere appreciation goes to the Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development and the participants showcased in the first and current edition. We trust that you will be enriched by Best of Uganda Volume 2.

Uganda Publishing Partner Incredible Uganda Ltd International Group Publisher Project Manager, Production & African Group Publisher Production & Publishing House Creative Direction

Incredible Uganda Ltd Edgar Agaba Sven Boermeester Gia Bischofberger GVPedia Communications cc Peter Batistich Deep Fried Designs

GVPedia Communications cc Fax: +27 86 586 1999 Email: gia@gvpedia.com / info@gvpedia.com www.GlobalVillage.world Contact details: Incredible Uganda Ltd Email: edgar.a@gvpedia.com Disclaimer: Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information in ‘Best of Uganda’ vol.2. Neither ‘Best of Uganda’, Incredible Uganda Ltd, Global Village World, nor GVPedia Communications cc assume any responsibility for errors, omissions nor submissions by participators. The editor reserves the right to amend and alter copy and visual material as deemed necessary. All rights reserved: No part of this publication shall be reproduced, copied, transmitted, adapted or modified in any form or by any means. Intellectual Property belongs to GVPedia Communications cc. This publication shall not be stored in whole or in part in any form in any retrieval system.

Sven Boermeester

Edgar Agaba

Gia Bischofberger

State of the Nation Address By

H.E. Yoweri Kaguta Museveni

President of the Republic of Uganda At the Uganda International Conference Centre Serena, Kampala 6th June, 2019 Madam Speaker, in fulfilment of the Constitutional requirement under Article 101 (1) of the Constitution of the Republic of Uganda, I am here to deliver the State of the Nation Address, 2019. Madam Speaker, since my last Address, a number of well-known Ugandans and other Ugandans have departed from this earth. Some of whom are: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) H.E President Yoweri K. Museveni shakes hands with H.E Vice President Edward Kiwanuka Sekandi as the Speaker of Parliament Rt. Hon Rebecca Kadaga and the Deputy Speaker Rt. Hon Jacob Oulanyah look on 6

(vii)

The Late Prof. Apollo Nsibambi, the former Prime Minister of Uganda; The Late Hon. Col. (Rtd) Ibrahim Abiriga, Member of Parliament, Arua Municipality; The Late Rt. Rev. Cyprian Kikunhi Bamwoze, Bishop Emeritus of Busoga Diocese; The Late Rt. Reverend. Augustine Arapyona Salimo, Bishop Emeritus of Sebei Diocese; The Late Assistant Superintendent of Police, Muhammad Kirumira; The Late Ambassador Julius Onen, the Permanent Secretary - Ministry of Trade, Industry and Co-operatives; More than 31 people who died when a party boat capsized on Lake Victoria;

(viii) The four (4) Kenyan Pilgrims who were knocked by a hit and run car when coming to Uganda for Martyrs Day; (ix) Bududa people that lost lives in the landslide; and more others. Madam Speaker, I request that we all stand up and observe a moment of silence in memory of the departed persons. May the Almighty God rest their souls in eternal peace. Today is the 6th of June, 2019. The 6th of June, 1944, was the date on which the Allies in the 2nd World War executed an amphibious landing in German occupied France, at Normandy beaches. This was three (3) months before I was born. The 6th of June, 1981, aged 36 years and leading the PRA (Popular Resistance Army), I departed from Matugga by car, passed through Buwama Trading centre and embarked into a boat at Katebo landing site to cross the more than 200 miles Lake to Kenya to proceed to Libya to look for the weapons of the struggle. Today, the 6th of June, 2019, here we are on the occasion of the State of the Nation Address. There is something interesting about the 6th of June.

The Chief of the Defence Forces; General David Muhoozi (left), Inspector General of Police; Martin Okoth Ochola (middle) and the Commissioner General of Prisons; Johnson Byabashaija at the State of Nation Address 7

SECURITY The NRM Government remains committed to ensuring a secure and peaceful Uganda. This has come about by promoting and upholding patriotism, democracy and good governance as core principles for National socioeconomic transformation. Significant focus has been placed on professionalizing and modernizing the Uganda People’s Defence Force (UPDF) and building the Uganda Police Force (UPF) capabilities. The NRM principles of patriotism, Pan-Africanism, socio-economic transformation and democracy enabled us to build a strong State that guarantees peace in the country. The pillars of the State are: UPDF, Uganda Police, Judiciary, Parliament, Civil Service, the Executive, etc. Some months ago, killers, robbers and rapists had intensified their activities. They were committing these crimes with impunity because the Police had been infiltrated by criminals and people who had been compromised in some ways. We had also lagged behind in the modernization of security infrastructure. The National Security Council reviewed the situation and came to some conclusions. I addressed a special sitting of Parliament on the 20th of June, 2018, where I outlined the measures we had decided to take to cope with the heightened crime. A number of those measures are being implemented. As I assured the country, that crime wave will be defeated. UPDF works with other security agencies to deter or curtail any acts of lawlessness. The recent peaceful holding of the Martyrs Day, where an estimated three (3) million people turned up, shows that the Police and the UPDF already have good capacity. A function like Martyrs’ Day celebrations is a good test for the capacity of the security agencies of a State. It is prepublicized and all the terrorists in the world are pre-alerted and, therefore, invited to try their skills in disrupting the function. The fact that no insecurity has ever taken place in the last 33 years when the Martyrs’ Day is celebrated annually, says something about the UPDF, the Uganda Police, the intelligence services and the vigilant wanainchi.

ECONOMY Between 1986 and 2015, the economy grew at an annual average rate of 6.92% while GDP per capita grew at an annual average rate of 3.6% over the same period. No European country, not even the USA (except West Germany between 1950 and 1980 which did 3.8%) has grown its GDP per capita at the same rate as Uganda over a period of three decades. Only East Asian Tigers sustained GDP per capita growth of 5.6% during their intense period of transformation between 1960 and 1990. The growth of the GDP per capita at such a high rate was in spite of the high rates of population growth of 3.3% per annum. In order to put this issue in perspective, Ugandans should be informed that between 1951 and 1961, during the colonial system, GDP per capita grew by 0.14%; between 1962 and 1970, it grew by 1.4%; between 1971 and 1980, it declined by -2.9%; between 1982 and 1985, it grew by 0.8%; between 1986-1995, it grew by 2.5%; and between 1996-2009, it grew by 3.6%. All this, in spite of the strategic bottlenecks such as shortage of electricity and high transport costs that were not yet addressed that time. Note that per capita GDP is GDP growth minus population rate of growth.

The President in a group photo with Members of Parliament and invited guests at the end of his address on the State of the Nation at Kampala Serena Conference Centre.

To put it in a global context, between 1986 and 2015, Uganda was the 17th fastest growing economy in the world, the 4th in Africa. If we remove mineral-rich countries from the sample (because they were enjoying God’s or nature’s bounty), Uganda was 11th in the world, 1st in Africa. This achievement is the more impressive because Uganda was in civil war from 1986 to 2005. The country is surrounded by Sudan to the north, which was in civil war for the first 20 years of Uganda’s growth (1986 to 2005). To the west is DR Congo, which has been in civil war between 1996 to now. To the south is Rwanda, which was in civil war between 1990 and 1994. To the east is Kenya, which was stagnating economically between 1986 and 2002.

By the Purchasing Power Parity (PPP) method of computing GDP, the economy now stands at US$88.6 billion which translates into US$2,400 per capita. If this method was used, Uganda would already be a middle income country. However, we are not going to use short cuts. We shall use the export promotion and import–substitution routes to storm across the middle income

barrier, not just the purchasing power route on account of our low cost of living advantage, but by the exchange route method. It is now within reach. We only need to export more and import less. Even with our present volumes of exports, provided we added value, we would get much bigger export earnings. With importsubstitution, we can eliminate many of the

Performance of the Economy

The size of the economy is Shs 109.738 trillion in FY 2018/19 equivalent to US$ 29.5 bn. The GDP per person is now equivalent to US$ 800. Although this is below the level required to the attainment of the Middle Income Status, the renewed impetus of the economy and the large economic base being created, will catapult the economy to prosperity within a short period in the future.

Source: E. Suruma, Advancing the Ugandan Economy - A Personal Account. (Brookings Institution, Washington D.C. 2014). p.22 9

imports: textiles, shoes, leather products, ceramics, furniture, paper, automobiles, motor-cycles, electrical equipment, etc. In fact, many of these items are already being made here.

Expanding the Economic Base

Therefore, Uganda’s economic growth and development outlook is positive, with the economy projected to grow at, at least 7% in the medium term, but could even be higher given that we have now sorted out the key constraints to growth. The basis for this very positive outlook is the following: (i) Industrialization to promote exports with added value using, primarily, agriculture as the base; this includes industrialization along the agricultural value chain, light manufacturing and processing our minerals into finished products; and further diversification of the manufacturing sector to increase exports. This will mean exporting products of higher value instead of rawmaterials, which has been one of the bottlenecks. (ii) the agricultural sector by investing in quality inputs, extension services, storage facilities, access to markets by improving standards and quality of agro-processing. Government is also 10

(iii) (iv)

(v)

(vi) (vii)

boosting the capital base of UDB to be able to lend to agriculture as well as small scale industry. In addition, Government is implementing targeted interventions in the Coffee Sector (Coffee Roadmap 2020), Tea and Fruit processing e.g. the Soroti Fruit Factory and supporting agricultural zoning and out-growers model around the nucleus farmers. We are also working on stabilizing agriculture through irrigation. The commencement of oil and gas production and work on the Oil Pipeline and the Refinery will be starting soon. Strengthening local content so that Ugandans can be integrated into wealth creation as the economy expands, including improving local production and supply capacities. Improving efficiency in the execution of public investment, to improve the returns on investment especially in the areas of energy, transport, agriculture, tourism, water for consumption and production and in education. Harnessing the benefits of regional integration through trade and strengthening intra-African trade. Improving labour productivity through skills development tailored to labour market demand.

Therefore, a firm foundation for industrialization and especially manufacturing has been laid. We now have the Fruit Industry in Teso and Luweero; Dairy Industry in Ankole; Vegetable Oil Industry in Kalangala; Tea Industry in Toro and the Kigezi sub-regions; minerals beneficiation in Tororo for phosphates to produce fertilizers, iron-ore to produce steel, industrial glass; processing limestone to produce cement in the Kasese and Tororo areas; sugar production in the Busoga, Lugazi, Bunyoro and Atiak areas; etc., etc. Government is providing financial support to Tea Factories in Western Uganda including Kigezi Highland Tea Co. Limited, Kayonza Growers Tea Factory and Mabale Growers Tea Factory Limited. In addition, Operation Wealth Creation (OWC) has increased the supply and distribution of tea seedlings in the region. In the North, Government has taken up a 32% stake in Atiak Sugar Factory which has a nucleus farm and an out-growers’ scheme which will create jobs and promote agro-industrialization in this region. Government is prioritizing investment in Industrial parks to support industrialization and create jobs. Notable progress has been made

in Kapeeka Industrial Park where manufacturing of tiles and other products is already on, Kampala Industrial and Business Park where construction and provision of various utilities is soon starting, Kabaale and Mbale Industrial Parks where work is on-going, etc. So far, there are 284 new factories already in the Industrial Park at Namanve; 11 in Luzira industrial and Business Park; 10 in Bweyogerere Industrial Estate; 8 in Jinja Industrial and Business Park; 10 in Soroti Industrial and Business Park; 16 in Kasese Industrial and Business Park; and 42 in Mbarara SME Park. The total factories in Uganda are today 4,900. This is a long way from the 80 factories that were on the ground when the late Mzee Mulwana and myself started the Uganda Manufacturers’ Association (UMA) in April, 1988.

International Trade

As regards international trade, our exports revenue of goods and services grew at 8.2% in 2018/19, amounting to US$7.012 billion (US$3.8 billion being earnings from trade in goods, US$1.89 billion from services and US$1.312 billion from remittances). The total Import Bill for goods and services stood at US$8.8 billion, creating a trade deficit of US$1.86 billion. 11

Tooke: Flour processed from Matooke under the Presidential Initiative on Banana Industrial Development (PIBID).

Under the 2020 Coffee Roadmap which I launched a few years ago, the volume of coffee exports reached 4.5 million bags in FY 2017/18, earning the country US$492 million. Light industrial goods’ exports fetched us US$382 million, while tourism revenues amounted to US$1.0 billion in the same year. If we can increase production per hectare of coffee, as an example, from the current 0.67 tonnes to 2.2 tonnes per hectare like in Brazil and Vietnam, Uganda would be earning about US$2 billion from unprocessed coffee alone. At 2.2 tonnes per hectare, Uganda will produce 21 million bags of green coffee and if this coffee was roasted here (roasting alone), Uganda would fetch US$6.7 billion. However, if it was transformed into soluble - instant coffee, we would, then, generate US$16.8 billion for the country. This is possible. We just need to be better organized and focused on distribution of better seedlings, better harvesting methods, post-harvesting handling methods and storage. We are going to process much of this coffee. By processing 60,000 tonnes of coffee per year, by Ms. Enrica Pinetti’s factory, Uganda will earn US$330 million. The acceleration of the economic growth is partly due to the correct decision we took in 2006 of prioritizing roads and electricity, the details of which I will give later in this speech. Although full rationalization of the results of this prioritization has not been fully realized, especially in connection with lower transport costs and costs of electricity, the mere awareness that there are better roads and more abundant electricity, is already causing a flood of investments.

Matooke, a plantain variety and local delicacy being transported to the market. 12

Our efforts to promote regional integration and intra-Africa trade, are yielding the desired benefits.

Uganda now exports more to Africa than to the rest of the world, with 63% of exports to Africa in FY 2017/18 compared to only 27%, 10 years ago. Exports to Asia have also increased to 18% now compared to only 13%, 10 years ago.

from the domestic market and also externally. This will allow Government to finance a larger share of its investments using our domestically generated resources.

Fiscal Performance

High cost of Capital

Domestic revenue in FY 2017/18 amounted to Ushs15.5 Trillion. This is about 15% of GDP. Next financial year 2019/20, we plan to collect Ushs 19.6.Trillion, equivalent to 16.1% of GDP. The Government is implementing a plan to boost our domestic revenue collection to about 18% of GDP. This will narrow the gap between what we spend and what we collect in domestic revenue and in the process reduce the need for Government to borrow

STRATEGIC CHALLENGES The high cost of capital remains a major challenge to the economy as a whole. To address this challenge, Government is capitalizing Uganda Development Bank. So far, we have capitalized UDB up to Ushs 272 billion, of which Ushs 53 billion has been provided this financial year. Next financial year, 2019/20, Government is providing an additional Ushs 103 billion to bring the total to Ushs 375 billion. On top of this, Government has

guaranteed loans of US$15 million and US$5 million from African Development Bank (AfDB) and Exim Bank of India, respectively for SMEs. We should borrow less domestically because this increases interest rates and crowds out the private sector when Government domestic borrowing is excessive.

High cost of doing business

The cost of doing business is still high in Uganda. To address this challenge, the Government will continue to prioritize infrastructure investment in Energy, Transport, Water, and ICT. The cost of electricity per unit used to be US cents 10.62; it is now US cents 7.91 per unit. I intend to bring it down to US cents 5 per kilowatt hour for manufacturing. The night clubs may pay a slightly higher price

but not manufacturing. The modernization of the railway system by building the Standard Gauge Railway will bring down the cost of transport per 40ft container from US$3,456 by road to US$1,800 per container using the Standard Gauge Railway. Even by repairing the old meter gauge railway, the cost of transport goes down to US$2,016.

AGRICULTURE Agriculture remains the main thrust of Uganda’s economic growth. The sector contributes 25% of national GDP and employs over 70% of Uganda’s population. In my zonal tours, I have been telling Ugandans that there are only four sectors for wealth and jobs creation. The four (4) sectors are: commercial agriculture; industries (big or small); services (hotels, transport, professional services, shops, etc.); and ICT (Business Process Outsourcing ─ BPOs); etc.

Achievements

In order to regionalize the delivery of Water for Agriculture Production services across the country, Government has opened up Regional Mechanization Centers in South Western Region (at Buwama) and North Eastern Region (at Agwata). Using the acquired heavy earth moving equipment, Government constructed and rehabilitated valley tanks in the drought prone areas and Cattle Corridor Districts country wide. The number of valley tanks increased by 83 from 155 in December, 2017 to 238 in December, 2018 with a total holding capacity increasing from 8,000,000million cm3 to 9,245,000million cm³ in the same period. This has improved the number of farmers accessing and utilizing water for 14

irrigation, aquaculture and livestock from 5% to 8%.

List of Irrigation Schemes Constructed/Planned by Government District

Project Name

Irrigation Area (Ha.) Status

Butaleja

Doho I Irrigation scheme

Kasese

Mubuku I Irrigation scheme

550 Completed

Lamwo

Agoro Irrigation Scheme

675 Completed

Lira

Olweny Irrigation Scheme

600 Completed

Butaleja

Doho II Irrigation Scheme

500 Physical works progress is at 48.6% cumulative progress

Kasese

Mubuku II Irrigation Scheme

480 Physical works progress is at 29.92% cumulative progress

Pakwach

Wadelai Irrigation Scheme

Oyam

Tochi Irrigation Scheme

500 Physical works progress is at 57% cumulative progress

Kween

Ngenge Irrigation Scheme

880 Physical works progress is at 54.1% cumulative progress

Kabarole

Rwengaaju Irrigation Scheme

250 Physical works progress is at 50% cumulative progress

Bulambuli/Kween

Atar Irrigation Scheme

750 Feasibility studies completed

Bulambuli/Sironko

Sironko/Acomai Irrigation Scheme

1,250 Feasibility studies completed

Kanungu

Matanda Irrigation Scheme

1,000 Feasibility studies completed

Amuru

Pabbo Irrigation Scheme

Nakapiripirit

Namalu Irrigation Scheme

Serere

Labor Irrigation Scheme

500 Feasibility studies completed

Aleptong

Ongom Irrigation Scheme

500 Feasibility studies completed

Buliisa

Biiso Irrigation Scheme

500 Feasibility studies completed

1,000 Completed

1,000 Physical works progress is at 182% cumulative progress

500 Feasibility studies completed 1,000 Feasibility studies completed

To boost agriculture mechanization, 280 tractors were procured and distributed to farmer groups. The Government intends to procure an additional 100 tractors in FY 2019/20. We can acquire more tractors but the problem are the reliable users. Who will use them reliably? Cooperatives, individuals, who? 15

Palm Oil Sappling Field

List of big Earth Dams Constructed by Government District

Project

Storage Capacity (CM3) Cubic metres

Kumi

Kodhukul dam

85,000

Omatenga dam

30,000

Katakwi

Ongole dam

1,000,000

Nakapiripirit

Nakiloro dam

55,000

Kotido

Kailong dam

162,000

Moroto

Kobebe dam

2,300,000

Napak

Arechet dam

2,100,000

Kaabong

Longorimit dam

1,400,000

Abim

Kawomeri dam

1,200,000

Kiruhura

Kimiranjoga dam

Isingiro

Kagango dam

Mbarara

Mabira dam

1,020,000

Otuke

Akwera dam

1,070,000

Apac

Aculawic dam

72,000

Alango dam

72,000

60,000 120,000

Kole

Leye dam

1,200,000

Sembabule

Kakinga dam

2,000,000

Maikaro dam

125,000

Total 16

14,071,000

Government has enhanced the production of key strategic commodities for Exports and Domestic Value Addition.

Palm Oil

As an import substitution commodity, palm oil production in Kalangala has increased and is steadily improving farmers’ incomes and livelihoods. In FY 2016/17, farmers harvested 24,278 metric tonnes valued at UGX 13.4 billion while in FY 2017/18, farmers harvested 37,802 MT valued at UGX 21.4 billion (36% increase in production and 37% increase in value). On average, the 1,199 palm oil farmers with mature gardens, earned UGX 1.9 billion each month in 2018, up from UGX 1.3 billion each month in the calendar year 2017. When I was last in Kalangala, the Woman leader who spoke on behalf of the population spoke in Luganda that “mpozi abatunda omuzigo (mafuta), meaning paraffin, banateera okusenguka” ─ that “perhaps the paraffin sellers will emigrate out of the islands”. Why? It is because people are no longer using hurricane lamps or tadobas (candles). They all have solar power now as a result of good incomes from the Palm Oil. Another mwanainchi that I found at the ferry crossing from Masaka spoke in Luganda also and said: “kati Kalangala eriko Jammo” ─ “there is now traffic in Kalangala”, which used not to have any vehicles, because of the prosperity brought about by palm oil production.

Cotton

Lint bales increased from 151,071 in 2016/17 to 202,357 bales in 2017/18. As a result, the contribution of cotton to household incomes rose 17

from about UGX 136 billion in 2016/17 to UGX 188 billion in 2017/18. Lint exports have also risen from about US$ 42 million in 2016/17 to US$ 54 million in 2017/18. However, we intend to convert all this cotton to fabric weaving, earn more dollars and create more jobs. Nevertheless, cotton is not one of the enterprises I recommend for the households of four (4) acres or less. Recently, while in Adjumani, we calculated that somebody may earn Ug. Shs.1.1million net per annum from one (1) acre. If a family has got only two (2) acres of land, this is not a good enterprise because they will have to use the other acre for food. Therefore, cotton is a crop that should be grown by those with big land. Out of 10 acres, one will earn Shs.11million; out of 100 acres, he will earn Shs.110million, out of 1,000 acres, he will earn Shs.1.1bn. Therefore, cotton, like maize, 18

sugarcane, tobacco or the indigenous cattle, only become economically beneficial for the homesteads with big acreage of land, not for the four (4) acres or less. Those should use the medicine we prescribed for them: of coffee, fruits, dairy cattle, layers for eggs, pigs, fish farming where possible and food crops.

Milk

Milk annual production increased from 2.08 billion litres in 2015 to 2.5 billion litres in 2018 and is projected to increase to 3.35 billion litres by the end of 2019. The value of marketed milk has increased by 15% from US$ 716 million in 2015 to US$ 850 million 2018.

The export earnings of milk and milk products now stand at US$ 79 million per annum. This increase in milk production is in spite of still using the old method of free-range grazing (Kuseetura). I am launching a campaign to change this. We must go from free range to zero-grazing so that the planted pasture is not disturbed by the cattle trampling on it. With free range, a square mile supports 213 Friesian cattle and 320 Ankole cattle. With zero-grazing, a square mile will support 1,280 Friesians and 6,000 Ankole cattle. Zero grazing and the selection of only high milkers is the only way to go.

Beef

To improve production of quality beef, Government has constructed a modern holding ground (5 square miles) and an Animal Quarantine station (4 square miles) to fatten bulls. These bulls will be supplied to the modern export abattoir in Bombo.

Fish

The fisheries subsector has, through implementation of fisheries management reforms, registered increase by 31% in Nile Perch fish stocks and the fishery is recovering on Lake Victoria. The support to fisheries enforcement interventions has led to the opening of four (4) factories, part of the 16 which had closed, bringing the total to 12 fish factories now in operation.

NAADS / Operation Wealth Creation (OWC) initiative:

Government has continued to distribute key planting, breeding and stocking materials, including: tea seedlings in Kigezi, Ankole, Rwenzori, Mubende, West Nile and Bunyoro Sub Zones, where over 21,915 acres have been established; citrus/orange seedlings establishing 109,439 acres; mango seedlings establishing 143,803 acres; cocoa seedlings establishing 16,459 acres, among others. These efforts were in the districts of Kabale, Kisoro, Rubanda, Rukiga, Kanungu, Rukungiri; Buhweju, Bushenyi, Mitooma, Ntungamo; Kabarole, Kyenjojo; Mityana; Zombo and Nebbi; Kagadi and Hoima, respectively.

Disease Control

Government continued to enforce quarantines to curtail uncontrolled movement of animals which has reduced the spread of diseases between regions of Uganda. Vaccine and acaricide trials in various disease control zones of the country have been conducted. As a response to the tick resistance to acaricides, Government continues to carry out trials of three molecules including Vectoclor, Bantick, Eprinometim to deal with the resistant ticks in the country. The acaricide zoning strategy and implementation plan to manage movement of acaricides across zones after cleansing was rolled out in the 27 affected Districts. The anti-tick vaccine and other measures 19

are in progress. In future, our target is that the cow kills the tick, not the other way round which has, hitherto, been the situation.

Phosphate Fertilizer Factory

The government has successfully attracted the Sukulu factory in Tororo district. The Phosphate fertilizer production plant is expected to produce 50,000 tons which are projected to grow to 100,000 tons as the demand continues to grow both locally and beyond our borders. This is in line with the government campaign to cut down on the importation of products that can be made in the country. A comprehensive update of the national soil suitability maps is in the process to help farming communities to understand exactly what kind of fertilizer is suitable for each farming region in Uganda.

Land Fragmentation

The bad practice of land fragmentation is equivalent to disabling the land. Government 20

continues to encourage families to desist from this retrogressive habit. The family land which was four (4) acres in one generation becomes half an acre per family because it was shared by eight children (mainly males) on the death of their parents (especially the father). What the four acres can do, half an acre cannot do. Government, instead, strongly advises families to start companies where inheritance should be by shares (emigabo). With shares, you divide what comes from the land but the land itself or even the property (the cattle, the pigs, the houses, etc.), should not be fragmented. The good news is that a new science of growing crops without soil is being developed. This is called hydroponics. In fact soil is seen as a spoiler because it harbours a lot of plant diseases. You only need water. What I have not grasped is whether all crops can be economically grown in this way.

Priorities

Government will provide post-harvest equipment to farmer groups at Sub-County level in order to boost the quality of the produce on-farm and also avoid the increasing and harmful levels of aflatoxins. The Government is already undertaking strategic programs to increase pasture production and will partner with the private sector for production of quality and sufficient quantities of animal and poultry feeds. More human and financial resources will be put in enforcement of quarantines in order to stop uncontrolled movement of animals. This will reduce spread of diseases between the different regions of the country.

LANDS, HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT Social transformation entails access to decent shelter by the population in both rural and urban settings and land, as a factor of production,

is a crucial resource for transformation. Indeed, land is crucial for agriculture but also for human settlement such as accommodation.

Achievements

To save people from the cumbersome and time wasting process of travelling to Kampala for land transactions, Government has decentralised the Lands Ministry Services. There are 21 Ministry Zonal Offices in different Districts within the Country. This has greatly benefited the public by taking services closer to them. The Ministry Zonal Offices offer all services previously provided only at the Ministry Headquarters. With the computerization of land records, forgeries and graft in the land registration system will be reduced and eliminated; problems of missing land records have been eliminated and land transactions are more efficient and speedy, thus reducing the cost of doing business.

ENERGY AND MINERAL DEVELOPMENT Government took a strategic decision to prioritize the development of the energy infrastructure because it plays a crucial role as a major input for social and economic development.

Electricity Generation Capacity

Over the last year, a total of 206.6MW was added to the power generation system. Of the new capacity, 183MW was from Isimba Hydropower project commissioned on 21st March, 2019; and 23.6MW was from the GETFiT (Global Energy Transfer Feed in Tariff) projects.

The GETFiT Projects completed are: Nyamwamba (9.2MW) commissioned August 2018; Nkusi (9.6) and Waki (4.8MW) commissioned in October, 2018. In total, eight (8) Renewable Energy Projects with total capacity of 87.2 MW have been commissioned while nine (9) projects with a total of 69 MW are still under construction.

Karuma HPP (600MW)

The project was 93% complete as at the end of March, 2019. This project is scheduled to be completed by end of December, 2019.

Agago – Achwa (42MW)

The plant will be commissioned in September, 2019.

Muzizi Hydropower plant (48MW)

This project is expected to commence in the last quarter of 2019.

Nyagak III (6.6 MW)

This project commenced in May, 2019 under a Public Private Partnership (PPP) Framework. When all these projects are completed, our generation capacity will stand at 2,300mgws. This is a long journey from the 60mgws of 1986. This is merely endozo (tasting). In the medium term, we are aiming at 17,000mgws. At Ntungamo Trading Centre, now a big town, there used to be groups of women selling rwaagwa (the indigenous beer). Somebody who was sharp-brained could kuloza at every point of sale and end up not buying any beer because the ndozos, cumulatively, were enough to make him drunk without paying anything. He would declare all the “ndozos” not good. However, the ndozo of the NRM is already very sweet. We still have a number of sites where hydro-power will be developed. These are: Ayago (840mgws), Oryang (392mgws), Kiba 21

(300mgws), Uhuru (300mgws), Murchison Falls (650mgws), Nshungyeezi (35mgws), etc., etc. We may, therefore, end up getting about 10,000mgws from the hydro-sources. However, a country like Uganda needs more. Look at little Norway with a population of only 5.397 million people. They generate 33.785mgws. Granted, some of it is used for house warming in winter. That, however, leaves a lot of electricity that is used for industry and services. How, then, can the big population of Uganda, which will be 75 million people by 2040, develop on just 10,000mgws? The answer is: “No, Uganda cannot”. That is why we must look at all the other sources of electricity. Nuclear Energy is one of them given our abundant supplies of uranium. Some groups from outside, wanted to export our uranium. I told them that would only happen over my dead body. I cannot be so foolish that when my own house does not have enough fire-wood (enku), I donate my fire-wood to my neighbour. Our uranium will wait for our nuclear projects.

Nuclear Power Development

Government has completed pre-feasibility studies for a 2000MW Nuclear Power Project following the identification of eight (8) potential sites for nuclear power plants in the Districts of Buyende,

Kiruhura, Lamwo, Mubende and Nakasongola. The use of various applications of Atomic Energy in Uganda continues to rise in the medical, industrial and agricultural applications. To this effect, government has established a national register of radiation sources and facilities. Currently, 850 radiation sources in 419 facilities using nuclear technology in their operations have been registered and put under regulatory control/supervision. We have already trained 19 nuclear scientists at Masters’ degree-level. The expansion of the transmission and distribution network is in progress. The system power demand has grown by 10% from 605MW at the start of the FY 2018/19 to the current 670MW. With the new generation plants and transmission lines and substations constructed to supply new areas, the system will carry and deliver more power to consumers. During the FY 2018/2019, Government commissioned the following electricity transmission line projects totalling to 630km. This brings the total length of High Voltage grid coverage to 2,258km. The projects completed are: 132kV Mbarara - Nkenda 160km Transmission Line and associated substations project completed and the line was successfully switched-on, on 19th February, 2019. (ii) 220kV Kawanda-Masaka transmission line and associated substations, 137km, (i)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

(Masaka, Kawanda and Mbarara) project was switched-on, on 19th December, 2018. 220kV Mbarara - Mirama hill 65km power transmission line and associated substations project was completed and switched-on, on 7th December, 2018. 220kV Nkenda-Fort Porta l- Hoima, 226km, power transmission line and associated substations (Nkenda extension, new Hoima and Fort Portal extension) project was completed and the project was commissioned on 14th August, 2018. Upgrade of Queensway 132/33kV substation The station was switched-on, on the 31st of May, 2017 and officially commissioned on 17th August, 2018. 132kV Isimba-Bujagali 42km transmission line was successfully switched-on on 26th November, 2018. Official commissioning took place on 21st March, 2019. Industrial Parks substations works have been completed for Namanve, Luzira, Mukono and Iganga.

Significant progress has also been registered on other on-going projects in various parts of the Country as follows: Karuma-Kawanda 400kV - 264km; KarumaLira 132kV – 75km; and Karuma-Olwiyo 400kV - 60km lines and associated substations. Construction is on-going and is at 70% completion. The projected completion is December, 2019. (ii) Industrial Parks and associated substations (Namanve South-Namanve 132kV transmission line 10km; Namanve-Luzira-132kV transmission line 31km; Nalubaale-Namanve -132kV transmission line; Mukono T-off (5km); Nalubaale-Tororo 132kV line; Tembo Steels Ltd T-off (12km). (iii) 132kV Mutundwe-Entebbe Transmission Line, 35km. Works have started and the project is projected to be completed by February, 2020. (iv) 132kV Opuyo-Moroto - Transmission Line, 168km and associated substations. Works have started and the project is expected to be completed by February, 2020. (v) Opuyo substation upgrade (in Soroti). Works are ongoing at 40%. Planned completion is September, 2019. (vi) The construction of Kawanda-Kapeeka, 132kV Project is on-going. (vii) 132kV Lira-Gulu-Nebbi - Arua Transmission Line, 293km and associated substations, works have started and will be completed within two (2) years after commencement of the project. (viii) Procurement of contractors is ongoing for the following lines: 132kV Mirama-Kabale transmission line, 80km; 400kV Masaka-Mbarara Transmission Line, 135km; and Gulu – Agago – Agago HPP 132kV Overhead Transmission Line and associated 132/33kV Substations Project. (i)

Completion of the projects above will make additional 1,300km of transmission lines, bringing the total power grid coverage to over 3,550km of High Voltage (HV) power lines from the current 2,258km. The primary substations will increase from the current 25 to 42. These will enable delivery of power to the existing and newly identified load centers.

Grid Based Rural Electrification

Government Rural Electrification Programme focus has mainly been on grid extension projects and project prioritization criteria putting into consideration other factors of social equity and equitable regional distribution. Government has consequently implemented over 10,000 km of Medium Voltage (MV) power lines and approximately 9,000 km of Low Voltage (LV) distribution power lines. This has translated into the connections of over 1.3 million customers onto the national grid and the increment of the rural electrification access rate from 1% in 2001 to over 13% in 2019. This means that a total of about 7.8 million Ugandans are now linked to grid power. Additionally, another 500,000 customers are connected to power off the grid. This means that a total of about 3 million people access power off grid. This means that about 11 million Ugandans have access to electricity, whether grid or off-grid. With nearly all the District Headquarters supplied with electricity, the agenda is now to connect all the Sub-Counties by 2022. Government is promoting use of renewable energy technologies in the country that include solar systems for lighting rural homes and for the national grid. The country now has 40MW of solar grid connected systems. 23

Improved Minerals Trade Regulation Framework and Job Creation In line with the new mineral policy and mining legislation, Government developed a mechanism for biometrically registering all artisanal and small-scale miners (ASMs) in the country. In this regard, biometric registration for ASMs in Uganda commenced in January, 2019.

Mineral Production and Non Tax Revenue

The value of Minerals produced was worth UGX158.75 billion and revenue amounting to UGX16.70 billion was generated as Non Tax Revenue. The investor, M/S Guangzhou

Dongsong Energy Group Co. Ltd, installed a phosphates processing plant in Tororo and is already developing the Sukulu phosphate – iron ore resource into: phosphates, steel, glass, and limestone to make cement and brick products. Value addition to minerals, will be across the board. In addition to cement, ceramics, glass, and steel, we shall fully process copper to 99.9% purity known as cathode copper that is purer than the colonial period blister copper that was only 94% pure; we are already refining gold. We shall purify niobium and lithium for making solar power batteries, purify wolfram also

known as tungsten to produce hard steel for heavy machinery and bulbs, which is an alloy of steel and also develop other alloy metals such as: Manganese, Silcon, Nickel, Titanium, Copper, Chromium, Aluminium, etc., etc.

Priorities

The following Hydro Power Projects will be commissioned: Karuma HPP; 7 GET FiT projects: Waki (4.8 MW), Kyambura SHPP (7.6 MW), Sindila SHPP (5 MW), Ndugutu SHPP (5.9 MW), Nyamugasani I SHPP (15 MW), Nyamugasani II SHPP (5 MW), Kikagati SHPP (16 MW); etc. (ii) Government will commence operation and maintenance for the Karuma & Isimba Hydropower Stations, achieve 60% implementation of activities in the Community Development (CDAP) for Karuma and Isimba HPP and commence construction of the Muzizi hydropower project, achieve 20% construction of 5.5MW Nyagak III. (iii) Complete (100%) construction of the following transmission lines and substations: Karuma Interconnection lines; 400/132kV, Mutundwe-Entebbe, Opuyo substation upgrade and OpuyoMoroto 132Kv. (iv) Completion of Mirama – Kabale 132kV (i)

at 70%, Lira-Gulu-Nebi-Arua 132Kv at 50%, Gulu-Agago 132kV and Kampala Metropolitan Transmission Project at 20%, Electrification of Industrial Parks and Free Trade Zones (Kapeeka, Sukulu, Mbale, Wobulenzi, Nakasongola, Kaweweeta & Associated Transmission Lines) and Masaka – Mbarara 220kV at 30%. (v) Construction works totalling to 3,200km of Medium Voltage and 2,100km of Low Voltage. (vi) Commence construction works targeting connecting 287 (out of 603) Sub-county, Division and Town Council headquarters.

WORKS AND TRANSPORT

Achievements

One of the most dynamic ways to expand an economy is for the Government to invest in the construction of roads, airports, schools, hospitals, railways, government offices, waterworks and power dams using labourintensive technology to absorb some of the unemployed youth.

National Roads

Financing infrastructure development is a tested method to increase employment; accelerate growth; increase incomes; and increase savings and investment.

The key results under roads on both the National and District Urban and Community Access Road (DUCAR) network are summarized below:

(i)

Government substantially completed the upgrade of Mukono-Kyetume-Katosi/ Nyenga (74km) while; Olwiyo-Gulu Road (70.3km); Bulima-Kabwoya Road (66 km); Akisim-Moroto (50.3km); KanoniSembabule and Sembabule-Villa Maria (110km); and Kashenyi-Mitooma (11.5km) are expected to be completed by end of FY 2018/19;

JetPhotos

(ii) Government completed the rehabilitation of 18km, part of Nansana-Busunju road, while the progress of Fort-Portal-Kyenjojo (50km) is at 89%; (iii) Government commissioned the New Source of the Nile Bridge (525m) in Jinja. (iv) Government completed the construction of three Bridges i.e. Nalakasi and Kaabong bridges in Kaabong District and Lopei bridge in Moroto/Kotido Districts; (v) Government also awarded the civil works contracts for the under-listed roads totalling to 308km and implementation has commenced/is expected to commence soon: • Kampala Flyover construction and road upgrading project; • Upgrading of the Rukungiri-KihihiIshasha/Kanungu road (78.5Km) to bituminous standards; • Upgrading of Masaka-Bukakata road (41Km) from gravel to bituminous standard; • Pallisa-Kamonkoli Road (44km) Government funding using a loan from AFDB; and • Upgrading of Kapchorwa-Suam (73km) using a loan from ADB (African Development Bank). The following works have been done on the District Urban and Community Access Roads (DUCAR): (i) 100km of Inter connectivity roads rehabilitated in various Districts (including Moroto, Adjumani, Bulambuli, Kasese, Ntoroko, Buhweju, Serere,Kween, Dokolo, Aleptong, Luwero, Tororo, Mayuge, Wakiso, etc.); (ii) 272km opened and 132 km of District roads were fully graveled under Force Account in the Districts of Kayunga, Mityana, Mayuge, Isingiro, Amuru, and Mbale; 26

(iii) Completed civil works construction of Saaka Swamp crossing, Kaguta Bridge in Lira and Okokor Bridge in Kumi District; (iv) Constructed four suspended cable foot bridges including Namakhokolo Bridge connecting Mbale and Bududa Districts, Kama Bridge linking Mbale and Bududa Districts, Namawukulu in Bukalasi SubCounty Bududa District and Tongole cable footbridge in Manafwa District; (v) Procured and distributed 1,151pieces of district road equipment to district Local Governments, UNRA, KCCA, NEC and Ministry of Works and Transport Force Account/Zonal Centers and 928 equipment operators and mechanics from all the Local Governments have been trained; (vi) Rehabilitation works on Entebbe International Airport are in progress. On the revival of the National Airline, the two Bombardier CRJ900s were received on 23rd April, 2019. Government revived the National carrier which had ceased operations many years ago. Commercial operations are expected to commence in July, 2019. The other two Bombardier CRJ900s are expected in July and September and recruitment of key staff for the National airline is completed. In the transport sector, we moved to solve the issues of air-transport.

Ugandans like travelling. Each year, they were donating US$450 million to other countries through foreign travel. Besides, there was a lot of inconvenience to travelling Ugandans by not having direct flights and even being charged discriminatively on air fares. Since Banks were wasting our time, we paid cash.

Two (2) air-crafts, bombadiers, are already here and another two (2) will come in the month of July and September, 2019. These will be for regional travels. We shall, straight away, go for inter-continental flights to a few high volume destinations of travellers to and from Uganda. We are acquiring two (2) Air-buses for that purpose. Those will come in December, 2020 and another one (1) in January, 2021; and (vii) On the Standard Gauge Railway (SGR), Government continues to fast track the development of that project with the expectation to improve the quality of the transport system and provide a globally competitive quality service.

The key achievements so far, under the Standard Gauge Railway and Meter Gauge railway are: Standard Gauge Railway (SGR)

Acquiring 93.9 Acres of land for the Right of Way and 376 Project Affected Persons (PAP) were compensated. The Uganda Railways Cooperation (URC) re-instated freight services across Lake Victoria (central corridor) and passenger train services on the Namanve-Kampala passenger line. Averages of 18,000 metric tons of cargo per month and 2,000 passengers per day were moved using the freight and passenger train services respectively. Under the Meter Gauge operations, management and development the following were achieved: Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) for the rehabilitation of Tororo-Gulu railway line was approved and procurement of Contractor for rehabilitation works is in final stages (negotiation stage). Rehabilitation works are planned to commence during the first quarter of FY 2019/20.

Maritime Safety

170 water vessels were inspected, of which 131 Inland vessels were approved and licensed to provide transport services mainly on lakes Victoria, Kyoga and Albert. Also, 12 locations for the establishment of Search and Rescue facilities have been identified on lakes Victoria, Kyoga and Albert. Priorities 400km equivalent of additional roads will be upgraded to bitumen standard; 332.4km equivalent rehabilitated/ reconstructed and 58 bridges constructed on the national road network. This will include completion of on-going projects, commencement of construction of new projects

and undertaking/completing preliminary works for other projects as summarized below: Nyenga-Njeru (10km), Mpigi-KabulasokeKanoni Town Roads-24km, Kyamate Town Roads, Kashenyi-Mitooma (11.53km), Section 2 of Nansana-Busunju (18km), Fort PortalKyenjojo (50km), Rehabilitation of HimaKatunguru Road (60km) and Rehabilitation of Ishaka-Katunguru Road (58km); and (ii) New Projects: 514 km construction projects have commenced. These are: LuweroButalangwa Road (29km); MuyembeNakapiripirit Road (92km); and Rwenkunyu(i)

Lyantonde Trading Center, Kabarole Municipal Council, Fort/Portal Municipal Council, Kapchorwa Trading Center, etc. As already pointed out, tourism has increasingly become important to Uganda’s economy. It is a driving force in propelling economic growth and continues to be the leading foreign exchange earner for Uganda generating US$1.45 bn foreign exchange earnings in 2017 compared to US$1.37 bn in 2016.

Achievements

Apac-Acholibur (191km); Construction of Busega-Mpigi (32km) Expressway; Design and Build of Najjanankumbi-BusabalaMunyonyo Spur Interchange; and Service Roads-11km; Design and Build of KiraMatugga (22km); and improvement of five (5) Junctions; Nakaseke-Singo Road (26km); Atiak-Laropi (66km); and MorotoLokitanyala (45km). The following critical Oil Roads are expected to commence in FY 2019/20: (i) Karugutu-Ntoroko and KabwoyaBuhuka (98km); (ii) Masindi-Biso; Hohwa-NyarongwaKyarusheshe-Butore and KabaleKiziramfumbi (97km); and (iii) Lusalira-Nkonge (97km).

Furthermore, under the District Urban and Community Access Roads (DUCAR) network, the Sector Plans to, among others, achieve the following: (i) Rehabilitation of 600km of District Urban and Community Access Roads (DUCAR) under interconnectivity programme and rehabilitation of 400km of District Urban and Community Access Roads (DUCAR) under Force Account in selected Districts including in Butaleja, Buyende, Luwero, Kamuli, Mayuge, Serere, Kyenkwanzi, Buhweju, Dokolo, Hoima, Kapchorwa, Moroto, Kasese, Arua, Adjumani, Sironko, Bulambuli, Rubanda, Kayunga, Mukono, Kaliro and Rakai. Construction of 30km of LCS and 100km of Probase; and (ii) Upgrade/rehabilitate selected urban roads in Gulu, Mityana Municipal Council,

In 2018, the sector registered increased performance as reflected in the visits to Uganda’s National Parks and other sites such as Uganda Wild Life Education Centre (Entebbe Zoo) and the Source of the Nile. Visitors to National Parks increased by 39,674 from 285,671 in 2017 to 325,345 in 2018. Although the proportion of leisure visitors to total visitor arrivals is still relatively small, it increased from 18% in 2016 to 20.1% in 2017 and tourist arrivals into Uganda have steadily increased from 850,000 in 2008 to over 1.4 million arrivals in 2017. The direct contribution of Tourism to GDP in 2017 was UGX 2,699.1bn (2.9% of GDP) while the total contribution including wider effects from investment, the supply chain and induced income impacts, was UGX 6,888.5bn in 2017 (7.3% of GDP), up from UGX 6,171.5bn in 2016. In terms of contribution to employment in the economy, tourism generated 229,000 jobs directly in 2017 (2.4% of total employment).

This includes employment by hotels, travel agents, airlines and other passenger transportation services (excluding commuter services). The overall goal for the Government is to attract four (4) million tourist arrivals and increase the contribution of tourism to GDP from Shillings 7.3 trillion to Shillings 14.68 trillion at the end of the year 2020. To achieve this goal the following has been done and will be pursued further: (i) Boundary management and surveillance has been enhanced; and (ii) Tourism infrastructure and products are essential in improving visitor experience and hence have huge influence on length of visitor stay and expenditure. During the FY 2018/19, a total of 1,165kms of trail network and 90 bridges were maintained and 67kms of trails opened in the protected areas.

Priorities

(i) Government will continue to focus on Human-Wildlife Conflict; Community engagements; Resource Conservation; Research and Ecological monitoring and the general management of Uganda’s 10 National Parks and 12 Wildlife Reserves; (ii) Maintenance of museums, cultural heritage sites and conservation of artefacts will be prioritized; and (iii) Government plans to promote Uganda’s tourist attractions and reach out to more domestic and potential international tourists through:

(a) Participation in international tourism marketing exhibitions and regional marketing events to consolidate the gains so far realized in promoting Destination Uganda; (b) Hire 7 Market Destination Representation (MDR) firms to aggressively promote Destination Uganda in the International, African and Domestic Markets; and (c) Design and construct the equator monument in Queen Elizabeth National Park; and complete the Visitor Information Centre at Sheraton.

CORRUPTION

monitoring of Government programs and encouraging citizens to report cases related to abuse of public funds. In this regard, the Government implemented the Transparency, Accountability and Anti-Corruption (TAAC) component in NUSAF II (Northern Uganda Social Action Fund) by engaging citizens in monitoring Government programs. A new Unit was created headed by Lt. Colonel Edith Nakalema. There is a 24 hour CallCentre where people can report bribery cases, embezzlement, land evictions, crime, etc. The Unit, then, contacts the Police and the IGG so that they handle the cases.

The tempo of Uganda’s development is, however, interfered with by the actions of corrupt public servants and political actors. That is why corruption is now public enemy no. 1. Hence, the Government has put in place a number of strategies to eliminate corruption and promote the principle of zero tolerance to corruption. These strategies are intended to create an even more conducive environment for good governance and the rule of law to flourish in Uganda.

HUMAN CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT

Achievements

The Government Primary Schools are now 12,437 in total. Out of 9,096 old parishes in Uganda, there is, at least, one Primary School in 6,167 parishes. The only parishes without Government Primary Schools are: 1,100.

Government has provided more funding to the Inspectorate of Government to increase their capacity to verify the Leaders’ Declarations. The verification exercise will be increased further to crack down on Public Officers who have illicitly acquired wealth at the expense of effective service delivery to the citizens. Prevention of corruption has been enhanced by increasing citizen participation in the

On the side of human capital, I would like to comment on education and health. Since the elections in 2016, a total of 256 new classrooms for Government Primary Schools have been added. This brings the total number of classrooms in permanent materials for Government Primary Schools to 102,557. This is a long distance from the 28,000 classrooms on permanent materials we inherited in 1986.

The total enrolment of pupils in Government Primary Schools is 7,107,202. The enrolment of pupils in Private Schools is 1,733,387. The total enrolment in Primary Schools, therefore, in government and Private Schools, is 8,840,589. 29

On the issue of health, there is a total of 19 referral hospitals including Mulago. Mulago is trying to be a super-specialized Hospital. With some partners, we are building superspecialized hospitals in Lubowa and another one by H. H the Aga Khan. The aim of this is to stop the haemorrhage of money to the outside. Each year, Uganda has been losing US$ 187 million to the outside (India) for medical reasons. However, health is not in treatment but in prevention. The ways of prevention are well known and cost effective. They are: immunization, hygiene, nutrition, behaviour change, life-style discipline, safe-water and vector control. If you address all those aspects, 80% of the sicknesses will be eliminated. By immunizing against the 13 diseases, we have eliminated polio, measles, etc. By killing the mosquitoes with indoor spraying, killing the tsetse flies, we eliminate malaria and sleeping sickness. By just clean water, you get rid of cholera, intestinal worms, bilharzia and the guinea worm. Prevention has been achieved through the HCIIIs. There are 1,002 HCIIIs in the whole of Uganda. 331 Sub-Counties have HCIIs to be upgraded to HCIIIs and money is already found for that purpose. 132 SubCounties are still lacking, at least, one HCIII.

In the Government Primary Schools, the teacher-pupils ratio is: 1:43. Since 2016, a total of 48 new classrooms in permanent materials have been added to the stock of classrooms for the Government Secondary Schools. The total number of classrooms for Government Secondary Schools is now 12,696. There are 1,194 Government Secondary Schools with an enrolment of 679,215 students. The Private Secondary Schools are 8,269 with an enrolment of 778,062 students. Out of a total of 1,167 old sub-counties, a total of 856 sub-counties have, at least, one Secondary School. The sub-counties without a Secondary School each are 311. The total enrolment of students in Government and Private Secondary Schools is now 1,457,277. There are 99 Government Technical and Vocational Schools with a total enrolment of 70,248 students. The Universities in Uganda are 30

today 50; 11 of them being Public Universities. The total enrolment in Universities is 186,412 (96,305 in public universities and 90,107 in private ones). In Public Universities, we have been rationalizing courses and also emphasizing Science subjects, Mathematics, Accountancy and Auditing, Quantitative Economics and Management. The school, tertiary and university systems must create wealth and job creators, not just clerical job seekers. Why? It is because the total PublicService jobs are only 470,000 as of now. These do not mean much for a population of 41 million people that, moreover, will be 75 million people by 2040. It is the private sector, in the form of the four sectors (commercial agriculture, industry, services and ICT) that will create jobs and wealth. Already, the strategic bottlenecks still around notwithstanding, industry is employing 700,000, services employing 1.3 million people and ICT companies employing 170,000 people.

As pointed out above, safe water is part of the preventive medicine. There are now 65,000 boreholes in Uganda. My team will go to audit these boreholes. Are they working and if not, why? Somebody must account. We are aiming at having, at least, one safe water source per village ─ borehole, protected spring or pipedwater. A total of 11.3 million Ugandans are now using piped water. Hitherto, we have been putting more emphasis on budgeting on the roads and electricity. This year, we spent Ug. Shs. 4,786.6 billions on the Ministry of Works & Transport and Shs. 2,438.2 billions on the Ministry of Energy. Yet, on the Ministry of Water, we spent Shs.907.73 billion only for both safe-water for drinking and water for production. This must be understood because there is no other way. You cannot do all things at once. The discipline of one by one makes a bundle is indispensable if we are to succeed. Kamwe Kamwe nugwo mugaanda. Water for drinking, water for production, water for hygiene, water for industry comes from one main source: rain. Rain itself comes from water. Which water? Water of the lakes, swamps, forests, rivers and oceans (the distant ones – such as the Indian Ocean and the Pacific). According to our Scientist, Eng. Paul Mafaabi,

40% of our rain comes from our local water bodies and wetlands and 60% comes from the Oceans. In ignorance, some of our people have been destroying the wetlands and forests. Hence, the erratic rains like the ones we saw recently. This must be stopped and it is easy to stop. People in the wetlands and encroaching on the lake-shores, river-banks, etc., should peacefully leave these bodies and we help them with an alternative livelihood ─ especially fish-farming which is even more lucrative than rice growing and growing yams. Besides, the good news is that we can even do agriculture without soil (hydroponics). Apart from interfering with the rain, cutting the tree cover also causes violent, windy downpours (eihuunga and even eshato) as well as landslides. It also causes soil erosion and the silting of water bodies such as lakes. Uganda should not be a country of the uninformed. It should be a country of the enlightened. The other day, at Namugongo, I challenged religious leaders to extend what Christianity has been saying since 1877 when they set foot in Uganda. In Runyankore, they say: “Ediini ekareeta Omushana; ediini

ekabiinga omwirima”. Christianity brought light (omushana) to Africa and chased darkness (omwirima). Indeed, religion brought light in some aspects. My mother, an uneducated woman, rejected alcohol and the indiscipline that goes with it, learnt how to boil milk instead of drinking it raw which was the tradition, learnt how to knit sweaters, learnt how not to share cups and plates (okunywererana, okuriirirana), appreciated education, etc. All this was on account of religion. The Christians, the Moslems and the others have all contributed in some of these areas. However, there is still darkness in some crucial areas such as: land-fragmentation on inheritance; continuing with subsistence farming instead of doing commercial farming; when some do commercial farming, they do it without ekibaro (cura, aimar, otita); and attacking the environment contrary to what God had arranged. Let the religious people preach for the preservation of the environment. It is, indeed, a biblical commandment. In the Book of Genesis, God commands man to look after the environment and not to destroy it. When you come to Kisozi, you find the huge preserved rufuunzho (papyrus swamp) with its brown (rusty brown) ferric oxide (ebirooro) water.

If the Christians and the Moslems do not look after the environment well, they will be in darkness (omwirima) worse than that of the traditional worshippers that are wrongly and arrogantly called Abakafiiri. These Bakafiiri were aware of God (Ruhanga, Rubanga, Katonda, Kankya, Kibumba) but they were also “worshipping” the Mountains (Kangave, Kampindi, Lubwama, Buyego, Magara, Walusi, etc.), the rock-out crops, the rivers etc., not instead of God but in addition to God. When I was leading the war in the Luwero Triangle where almost all the people believe in the traditional religion as a supplement to the modern religion, I was able to infuse the sciences into many of their activities – medicine ─ knowing that etalo (cellulitis) is not edogo (witchcraft) but a bacterial infection and that there was no herb that could stop bullets. The only dagala (medicine) for bullets is taking cover and also trying to neutralize the one firing at you. With patient political work, we can persuade our traditional believers from “worshipping” to “respecting” the hills and the forests. Of course, the traditional people do not only worship the hills (obusozi/ensozi); they worship the ancestral spirits. That worship causes respect for nature. It is, therefore, wrong for the Christians and Moslems, led by more informed people, to have no respect for nature, God’s creation, unlike our superstitious traditional believers. Kangave hill was clothed with thick forest when we were fighting in that area. 31

Regarding the long established swamp rice growers of, mainly, Eastern Uganda, I will visit the area, again, after my up-country tour. We shall discuss how to, for instance, transition from the destructive rice growing to the more lucrative and environment friendly fish farming at the edge of the swamps (emyegyeego) and not in the center of the swamp.

When I went there, recently, it is completely bare and the numerous rock boulders (amabaale – amayinja), which I did not know existed beneath the trees, are all now exposed. The encroachers have even gone into the Busemba swamp, Daanze, etc. While I appeal to the leaders (political, religious, cultural etc.), I direct the Chief Administrative Officers (CAOs) and the Sub-county chiefs to persuade these encroachers to leave the swamps and the forests after they have harvested the current

seasonal crop and never to come back. They do not have to use force if the encroachers do not plan to leave voluntarily; the CAOs should write to the Permanent Secretaries of the Presidency, Prime Minister and the Head of the Civil Service for all of us to be involved. Any CAO or Sub-county chief who does not act, will be dismissed and may be charged with relevant criminal offences after the guidance of the Attorney General and the Director of Public Prosecutions (DPP).

I have always maintained that one of the most interesting tribes in Africa are the Basoga. While, for instance, the Banyankore have so many words connected with water, such as enjura (rain), amaizi (water), omutuunga (run-off water), omwegyemure (big run-off that floods the valley), eihuunga (windy rain), orutonyerera (light rain), etc., the Basoga summarized all this into one word: “amaadhi”. Therefore, I would like to remind Ugandans that while we enjoy the richness of dialects like Runyankore that would clearly distinguish for us what type of “amaadhi”, we should not forget that amaadhi is amaadhi because it is all one cycle. Rain brings water and water brings rain. To interfere with this life-giving cycle is a sacrilege (sacuruleego-ekichumuro) that should never be forgiven. I cannot end this address without talking about the historic task of ending the market and political fragmentation of Africa, initially by the myopic indigenous chiefs and, later on, by

the colonialists. Principle No. 2 of the NRM is Pan-Africanism. This is not just a slogan or a cliche. It is a matter of survival for the African nations. China has a population and, therefore, an internal market of 1.3bn people. Yet, as you can see in the news, they are struggling for access to other markets. Why? It is because the more the consumers buy from you, the more prosperous you become. The factories produce more, they employ more people, they pay more taxes, more taxes help the Government to build infrastructure, pay better salaries and provide better social services (education, health, welfare, etc). That is why, right from 1963, some of us have been in the Pan-African Movement ─ the integration of the whole of Africa into an African Common Market and those portions of Africa that are similar or compatible into political Unions (confederations, leading to political federations). I am happy to inform Ugandans, the zig-zag course notwithstanding, Africa and East Africa are, now, on the right trajectory. Recently, we signed the CFTA (the Continental Free Trade Area). This, of course, is not new. We had signed the Abuja Treaty in 1991 on the same mission. Nevertheless, our Baganda people say: Adingana amawolu agajjamu omukuto ─ the one who repeatedly

eats the cold food, will get satisfied eventually. I do not know why the Baganda underrated obuhoro (the cold food). I like buhoro so much. The Runyankore equivalent is: “Owaafa nagyenda amaguru tigamugaya” ─ if you keep travelling, looking for something, in the end, the legs will reward you”. Therefore, the search for the integration of Africa is a must. It is good that we are, again, re-igniting the fire (okwenegyeza – okussesamu) of integration. In the case of the EAC, all the countries have now agreed on the Concept of Confederation as a first step towards the Federation. A Constitutional Drafting Committee, comprised of delegates from all the Member States, is now working. It is comprised of the following distinguished East Africans: 1. Hon. Dr. Justice Benjamin Odoki - Uganda 2. Prof. Murindwa Rutanga - Uganda 3. Hon. Amos Wako - Kenya 4. Mr. Peter Kiguta - Kenya 5. Mr. Theophile Mbonera - Rwanda 6. Mr. John Nshunguyinka - Rwanda 7. Prof. Alexander Makulilo - Tanzania

8. Mr. Idd Ramandhan Mandi - Tanzania 9. Dr. Serge Ngendakumana - Burundi 10. Mr. Salvator Ntibazonkiza - Burundi 11. Ms. Mary James Ajith - Sudan 12. Mr. Albino Nyler Polic - Sudan They were given seven (7) months to produce a draft. I was given the pleasant task of championing the cause of the East African Federation, under our current Chairman, H.E. Paul Kagame, President of Rwanda. That is exactly what I am doing now. The political– economic integration of Africa is about three (3) things: prosperity through trade in the Common Market; strategic security through political integration where possible; and exploiting the fraternity (linguistically, culturally) and the linkages among the four (4) nations of Africa: the Niger-Congo, the Nilo-Saharan, the Afro – Asiatic and the Khoisan. The speech I gave to the Constitutional Drafting Committee on 23rd April, 2019 at Entebbe, plus other relevant documents should be given to all Members of Parliament and sold in Book Stores so that the detailed reasoning is known to all East Africans. H.E. Yoweri Kaguta Museveni PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

Uganda Vision 2040 ASPIRATIONS AND NDPII TARGETS In 2007, Government adopted a Comprehensive National Development Planning Framework which provides for the development of a 30-year Vision that is being implemented through: three 10-year plans; six 5-year National Development Plans (NDPs); Sector Investment Plans (SIPs); Local Government Development Plans (LGDPs); Annual work plans; and Budgets. The first 5-year National Development Plan (NDPI) that operationalized the Vision was launched in April 2010. The Uganda Vision 2040 sets the long-term aspirations as “transformed Ugandan society from predominantly peasant to a modern and prosperous country within 30 years”. This perspective vision aspiration means changing the country from a predominantly low-income to a competitive upper middle-income country with a per capita income of USD9,500 by 2040. Achieving this vision entails a number of indicators for growth and socio-economic transformation. Targets were set for most of these indicators where actual performance is measured against the baselines. The envisioned journey for attainment of the vision aspirations, is divided into three phases; Middle Income Status (Lower), Middle Income Status (upper) and Sustained Middle Income. The Vision sets the medium-term development target for Uganda at, among other goals, “attaining Middle Income Status by 2020”. Attaining the Middle Income Status (MIS) has three major dimensions: growth and incomes, social transformation 34

and economic vulnerability. With regard to the economic growth dimension, the target is to achieve per capita income of USD 1,039 (UGX 3.5million). This requires a GDP growth rate averaging to 6.4% over the five years of NDPII implementation assuming the population growth is kept at no more than 3%. The social transformation dimension of the Middle-income Agenda looks into the quality of life indicators – that is, key socio-economic attributes that define and characterize living conditions and wellbeing of Ugandans. Key among the social transformation dimension targets include reduction in the proportion of the population below the poverty line from 19.7% in 2013/14 to at least 14% in 2019/20, infant mortality from 64 to 44 children, mortal mortality from 438 to 320 per 10,000, as well as increasing life expectancy from 55 to 60 years. Finally, Economic vulnerability identifies measures to address potential shocks in the economy thus, both internal and external shocks along with their triggers with the ultimate goal of maintaining a stable macroeconomic environment. The key vulnerability indicator targets include maintaining stable single digit inflation, eliminating volatiles in exchange rates, maintaining a low interest regime to promote private credit development, as well as mitigation against natural calamities such as climate change, floods, droughts and landslides. THE SECOND NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN (NDPII) The second National Development Plan (NDPII) is second in a series of six 5-year Plans aimed at achieving the Uganda Vision 2040. The Plan builds on the achievements registered under the first National Development Plan (NDPI), in consideration of the challenges encountered and lessons learnt during its implementation. The theme of the NDPII is “Strengthening Uganda’s Competitiveness for Sustainable Wealth Creation, Employment and Inclusive Growth”. The plan was launched in June 2015 and covers the period between 2015/16 - 2019/20.

Goal of NDPII The goal of the NDPII is to attain middle income status by 2020 through strengthening the country’s competitiveness for sustainable wealth creation, employment and inclusive growth. Government shall pursue a private sector-led, export oriented, quasi market approach, fast tracking infrastructure, and industrialization and skills development strategies in order to achieve the objectives and targets for the 5-year period. Development Objectives The plan has Four (4) objectives, namely: 1. Increase Sustainable Production, Productivity and Value Addition in Key Growth Opportunities, 2. Increase the Stock and Quality of Strategic Infrastructure to Accelerate the Country’s Competitiveness, 3. Enhance Human Capital Development, and 4. Strengthen Mechanisms for Quality, Effective and Efficient Service Delivery. Key Development Results The table that follows sets out the key development results based on the Plan’s macroeconomic projections, previous performance, Sustainable Development Goals, and Uganda Vision 2040 targets. The key result areas are; a competitive economy, increased employment and wealth, and skilled human capital. Development Strategies In order to achieve the above objectives and results, the following strategies are being pursued: 1. Fiscal Expansion for Frontloading Infrastructure Investment: To realize the necessary public investment, government will harness concessional and semi concessional financing and other development support facilities that are targeted to accelerate 35

investment in infrastructure and human development, among others. However, government is mindful of the need to maintain macroeconomic stability and a conducive environment necessary for maximizing the country’s competitiveness both regionally and internationally.

In this regard, the country will prioritize investment in key energy, ICT and transport infrastructure to lower the cost of doing business so as to increase the competitiveness of its private sector in the region and beyond. In addition, the country will diversify its export basket to include processed commodities.

2. Industrialization: To stimulate growth and employment, the country is promoting value addition through agro-processing and mineral beneficiation as well as light manufacturing which have a higher multiplier effect on wealth creation. Particular effort is being made to transfer value addition technologies and offer agribusiness skills to women. The private sector is to be supported to establish technology incubation centres to enable promotion of technological innovation as well as importation and adoption of low cost technology.

5. A Quasi-Market Approach: A Quasi-Market approach is being pursued in order to increase efficiency of the public sector and competitiveness of the private sector. With this approach Government intends to invest in key strategic infrastructure in order to remove the barriers of entry and increase private sector participation in the key growth areas. Government will create strategic partnerships with the private sector through Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs) for investment in infrastructure, human capital, minerals, oil and gas, tourism and agriculture.

3. Fast Tracking Skills Development: In order to plug the current skills gap, government is establishing five centres of excellence to rapidly build the necessary skills required in the key priority areas. Government is partnering with the private sector to identify and train specialized expertise especially in the mineral, oil and gas, energy and transport infrastructure areas. In the medium to long term, government is to partner with relevant non-state actors to enact reforms in education and training curricula in order to bridge the gap between the skills acquired at school and those required in the labour market.

6. Harnessing the Demographic Dividend: Uganda is implementing policies aimed at accelerating a rapid decline in fertility and ensure the resulting surplus labour force is well educated, skilled, healthy and economically engaged in order to reap the demographic dividend. In this regard, emphasis is on improving access to family planning services, improving nutrition and reforming the education system to increase the years of schooling and quality of education critical for enhancing the level of skill and innovation of the labour force.

4. Export Oriented Growth: Uganda’s strategic location at the heart of East Africa makes it well placed to exploit the regional market. The region is increasingly becoming a fertile ground for small scale exporters, diversifying the export market and adding value to traditional export commodities. The establishment of the EAC common market and expected formation of the EAC monetary union will increase investment in the region as well as create a bigger single market with free movement of all factors of production. 36

7. Urbanization: Uganda is implementing a tripartite strategic policy aimed at accelerating planned and controlled urbanization; ensuring a critical link between urbanization and modernization of agriculture where the urbanizing community frees land for commercial agriculture as well as create a market for the increased output and quality of agro products; and the reorganization of these communities into cooperatives to utilize their increased incomes to contribute to the creation of vibrant provident funds. These will help to fund housing in the urbanizing of commercial and modernized farmer settlements.

NDPII Goal and Objectives

Overall Goal: To achieve Middle Income Status by 2020 through strengthening the country’s competitiveness for sustainable wealth creation, employment and inclusive growth

Development Indicator

Baseline 2012/2013

Targets 2019/20

Targets V2040

1. Income per capital (USD)

743

1,039

9,500

2. Average economic growth rate

5.2

6.3

8.2

3. Percentage of national labour force employed

19.7

14.2

5.0

4. Percentage of national labour force employed

75.4

5. The number of young people not in education, employment or training

Census baseline 2014

By 20 percent

By 90 percent

1. Manufactured exports as percentage of total exports

5.8

19.0

581

977.77

6,790

5,106

7,871.35

24,820

2,441

5,217.65

25,513

55,602

132,249

1,451,250

4. Real GDP(UGX Billions)

25,203

40,760

128,200

5. Forest cover (percent Land Area)

1. Gross Capital formation as a percentage of GDP

25.5

27.7

2. Total national paved road network (Km)

3,795

6,000

119,840

3. Percentage of cargo freight on rail to total freight

25.5

4. Percentage of the population with access to electricity

5. Consumption of electricity (Kwh Per Capita)

578

3,668

1. Life expectancy at birth

54.5

2. Infant mortality rate per 1,000 live births

3. Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births

4. Maternal mortality rate per 100,000 live births

438

320

5. Child stunting as percent of under-fives

6. Total Fertility Rate

6.2

4.5

3.0

7. Primary to secondary school transition

8. Net secondary completion rates

35.5

9. Average years of schooling

4.7

Rural

100

Urban

100

1. Government effectiveness Index (2.5 weak: 2.5 strong)

-0.57

0.01

2. Public Resources Allocated to Local Governments level (percent)

3. Corruption Perception Index

2.9

3.7

2. Labour productivity Agriculture Objective 1: Increase Industry sustainable production, Services productivity and value addition in key growth opportunities 3. Nominal GDP(UGX billions)

Objective 2: Increase the stock and quality of strategic infrastructure to accelerate the country’s competitiveness

Objective 3: Enhance human capital development

10. Safe water coverage

Objective 4: Strengthen mechanisms for quality, effective and efficient service delivery

7.1

in Uganda Vision 2040 development opportunities and fundamentals in order to maximize development benefits, d) Employment of value chain analysis to identify interventions and reap the benefits of targeting development resources in the prioritized interventions, e) Alignment of sector priorities and budget systems to NDP priorities to ensure coordinated, effective and efficient service delivery at all levels, f) Strengthening of key public sector institutions and involvement of nonstate actors to effectively manage the implementation, monitoring and evaluation of the planned interventions and assure the achievement of the overall goal and targets.

8. Strengthening Governance: The key development results cannot be achieved without the necessary enabling environment. Meeting good governance principles is important for creating the required legal and socio-political environment to accelerate economic and social transformation. These include: constitutional democracy; protection of human rights; rule of law; free and fair political and electoral processes; transparency and accountability; government effectiveness and regulatory quality; effective citizen participation in development processes; and peace, defense and security of the citizens and the country indicators. 9. Integrating Key Cross-Cutting Issues into Programmes and Projects: The key cross-cutting issues of; Gender, HIV/AIDS, environment, nutrition, climate change, human rights, social protection, child welfare among others are mainstreamed in government programmes and projects during the implementation, monitoring and evaluation of the Plan.

VISION 2040 & NDP II SUCCESSES AND ACHIEVEMENTS During the pre-reform period (19861990), the economy was reconstructed, rehabilitated, stabilized and put on the path of economic recovery after a period of mismanagement, political instability and civil wars. During the Fundamental economic reforms period (1991-1996), major macroeconomic bottlenecks were dealt with which increased effectiveness and efficiency in public expenditure and service delivery. During the PEAP and Decentralization period (1997-2002), government efforts dealt with poverty eradication and expansion of public services provision in line with the “Millennium Development Goals (MDGs)”.

NDPII Development Approach To ensure that the country attains its development targets, government adopted a five-pronged approach in developing the NDPII which continues to be followed during implementation, namely:

Economic Growth: Uganda’s nominal GDP has been doubling every five-seven years. Between “the Fundamental Economic Reform (1991-1996)” and “Continuation of Reforms (1997-2002)” phases, average GDP more than doubled from UGX 4.1 to 9.1 trillion, increased by 2.5 times in the “Consolidation phase (2003-2009)” from UGX 9.1 to 23 trillion, grew by 2.6 times from UGX 23 to 64 trillion in the “Growth and Transformation phase (2010 to 2015)”. It has since grown to UGX 101trillion in FY 2017/18. Per Capita Income has increased from USD 665 in 2009/10 to USD 773 in FY 2016/17.

a) Spatial representation of projects to exploit synergies among the development, b) Priority areas and ensure planned urbanization and balanced regional development, c) Prioritization of programs identified

NDP sets the strategic direction for fostering sustainable development and human development. There are several unquantifiable or non-monetized benefits that accrued from pronouncement of the MIS agenda. NDP has succeeded in rallying all Ugandans towards a common

goal or development agenda. Generally regarded as a home-grown solution to national development challenges, NDP has also enabled integration of international and regional development strategies such as Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and Africa Agenda 2063 as a single policy framework agreed upon by Citizens. Development Planning has enabled directing of public investment into key priorities thereby resolving the challenge of thinly spreading the resources. The focus of the Uganda Vision 2040 and the NDPII has been on strengthening the fundamentals (infrastructure and human capital development,) to harness the opportunities such as agriculture, tourism, minerals, and oil and gas. Focusing resources on core projects that were selected and prioritised based on their growth potential as well as multiplier effect on the rest of the economy. Core projects such as Bujagali Dam, Entebbe Express Highway, and the new Nile Bridge at Jinja are on course and destined to drive growth. For example, Bujagali alone has added 250mw of power to the national grid. The national capacity has expanded from 601MW in 2010/11 to 947MW by the end of 2017 and is expected to increase to close to 2000MW in 2018/19 when Karuma and Isimba Hydroelectric projects come on board. Subsequently, the electrification level has grown from 11% in 2010 to 20% in 2017.

Likewise, paved road network has significantly increased in the last 10 years from 3,035kms in 2008 to 5,350kms in May 2018. It is now possible to move on a paved road from Arua to Kabale (equivalent 899Kms) in a single day. Further, the dual road carriage has significantly increased from about 16kms to over 80kms in 2018/19. Macroeconomic stability has laid the foundation for socio economic transformation. Some of the targeted milestones for social and economic transformation are on track. For example, Infant mortality has reduced from 54 per 1,000 in 2010 to 43 per 1000 in 2016; maternal mortality from 438 per 100,000 to 336 per 100,000 and Life expectancy has increased from 55 to 63 years. Uganda has made great in-roads towards achievement of NDP II targets. 39

THE STRATEGIC DIRECTION FOR THE THIRD NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN (NDPIII) The implementation of the Second National Development Plan (NDPII) will end in June 2020, thus the NDPIII shall be in place by May 2020. The NDPs aim to implement the Uganda Vision 2040 aspirations. In this regard, Cabinet on 9th September 2019 approved the strategic direction for the NDPIII. The strategic direction is the principle guiding framework for Sectors and Local Governments in the development of their plans. It also enables the National Planning Authority to engage the decentralized planning institutions (Sectors, Ministries, Departments, Agencies and Local Governments) to identify priorities that will eventually be consolidated in National Development Plans as required. Preliminary findings of the Midterm review of NDP II and final evaluation of NDP I, as well as synthesis of other studies on performance under NDP since FY 2010/11 highlight several achievements and challenges. Based on the achievements, challenges and lessons learnt from implementing the NDPI and NDPII, the NDPIII will build on the gains to provide the national strategic direction for the next five years. In developing the NDP III, the National Planning Authority (NPA) is holding consultations with various stakeholders. The thrust of the NDPIII will be to reduce the subsistence nature of our economy through industrialization. Therefore, the goal of the NDPIII will be “Increased household incomes and improved quality of life” while the theme will be “Sustainable industrialization for inclusive growth, employment and wealth”. This will be achieved through five key objectives and a number of Development Strategies. A. THE FIVE OBJECTIVES OF NDP III 1) Enhancing value addition in Key Growth Opportunities (Agriculture, Tourism, Minerals, Oil and Gas and Knowledge), 2) Strengthening the private sector to drive growth and create jobs, 3) Consolidating and increasing the Stock and Quality of Productive Infrastructure, 4) Increasing Productivity, Inclusiveness and Wellbeing of the Population, and 5) Strengthening the role of the public sector in the growth and development process.

B. THE NDPIII DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIES To achieve the five objectives, and effectively and efficiently implement NDPIII, several development strategies have been identified. 1) Maintaining Peace, Security and Good Governance. This is the bedrock upon which development can thrive. The stability so far achieved will be sustained and zealously protected. 2) Maintaining a stable macroeconomic environment as an anchor for economic growth and development. Beyond inflation targeting and forex management, emphasis will be on increasing savings, investment, capital formation and lowering commercial bank interest rates. 3) Reducing the cost of doing business to attract foreign direct investment (FDI) and enhance competitiveness of domestically produced goods and services, both at local and international markets. Priority will be given to reducing the cost of power, transport, internet, money, improving business processes, and zealously fighting corruption. 41

4) Import Replacement and Export Promotion Strategy. An import replacement strategy will be adopted to promote labor-intensive light manufacturing, cottage industries, heavy manufacturing for job creation and technology importation with the major objective of creating jobs for the youth. This will be key to building a sustainable export-oriented economy. Uganda is endowed with vast raw materials that could help replace major imports such as petroleum, petrol products and related materials, cereals and cereal preparations, iron and steel, vegetable fats and oils, paper, paperboard and articles of pulp or paperboard, medical and pharmaceutical products and plastics in primary forms. 5) Commercialization of agriculture to generate sufficient production volumes for domestic and external markets. It is critical that we commercialize agriculture and agro-industrialize if we are to reduce the poverty levels in the countryside especially in the Eastern and Northern regions of the Country. 6) Harnessing the Tourism potential. This is an area with quick wins. A hybrid of both elite and mass tourism is proposed. Focus will be on tourism 42

skills, tourism infrastructure including water, land and air transport, as well as accommodation facilities especially in the least tapped areas. Branding and Marketing Uganda will also be prioritized. 7) Promotion of Science, Technology, Engineering, Innovation (STEI) and a Knowledge driven economy. This will entail STEI infrastructure development, training, policy and institutional framework development, standards development, collaboration and defining a National Research Agenda. 8) Mineral Beneficiation and Oil refining. Fast-tracking the extraction and processing of confirmed minerals and exploration of minerals, whose quantities have not been explored but highly suspected to be existent. 9) Revisiting the role of the Government in strategic areas of the economy. In order to spur balanced growth in the country, and in the spirit of promoting Public Private Partnerships (PPP) and quasi market approach, it is proposed that government deepens its role to stimulate development. 10) Promotion of Private Sector Investment (Domestic Investment and Foreign Direct Investment). This will be done through maintaining macroeconomic stability, provision of long-term finance at affordable rates, reduction in the amount of domestic arrears and putting in place mechanisms to ensure that the costs of doing business in Uganda are kept low as well as strengthening the use of PPP arrangements. Branding and Marketing Uganda will also be key in this effort. 11) Mindset change to promote citizens’ focus on development. Ugandans have the potential of becoming more productive; however, they need a change of mindset with a focus on development. 12) Exploiting opportunities of Urbanization to drive growth. This is important because 65 percent of non-agriculture GDP is generated by the Greater Kampala Metropolitan Area (GKMA), with Kampala generating 31 percent of the GDP. This potential needs to be harnessed.

13) Improving the wellbeing and productivity of the population by improving the quality of education and health service delivery; reforming vocational education; and increasing social protection through initiatives like health insurance schemes.

16) Climate change adaptation and environmental management. This strategy will focus on addressing issues of sustaining the rising population while addressing and managing the effects of climate change on livelihoods, incomes and prosperity.

14) Increasing Domestic Revenue Mobilization. Domestic revenue will be our main source of financing for NDP III. There is more potential, and significantly more revenue can be generated through more efficient and effective tax administration by enforcing compliance and reducing tax evasion.

These strategies will be implemented in a programmatic approach that strengthens sector synergies towards realization of common results.

15) Promotion of Social Services based on the Parish Model. As we consolidate delivery of social services, it is recommended that the Parish becomes the Planning and Implementation Unit.

National Planning Authority PLANNING HOUSE PLOT 17B Clement Hill Road P.O. Box 21434 Kampala, Uganda Tel: +256-414- 250229/ +256-312-310730 Email: npa@npa.ug www.npa.go.ug/uganda-vision-2040 43

Uganda at a glance

“Uganda is a fairy-tale. You climb up a railway instead of a beanstalk, and at the end there is a wonderful new world,” wrote Sir Winston Churchill, who visited the country during its years under British rule and who called it; “The Pearl of Africa.” 45

Full Name: Republic of Uganda Official Name: Republic of Uganda (English); Jamhuri ya Uganda (Swahili); Capital: Kampala Motto: For God and My Country National Anthem: “Oh Uganda, Land of Beauty” President: H.E. Yoweri Kaguta Museveni (since 1986) Vice President: Edward Kiwanuka Ssekandi (since 2011) Prime Minister: Rt. Hon. Ruhakana Rugunda (since 2014) Form of Government: Multiparty republic with one legislative house (Parliament) Area: 241,551 km² Location: Uganda is a landlocked country in East Africa bordering Democratic Republic of Congo, Kenya, Rwanda, South Sudan, and Tanzania. The south of the country includes a substantial portion of Lake Victoria. The centre is dominated by Lake Kyoga. Districts: Divided into 135 (as of January 2020) districts Population: 45,701,284 (based on Worldometer elaboration of the latest United Nations data) Official Language: English 2nd Official Language: Swahili Main Religions: Christianity (Roman Catholic and Anglican), and Islam Main Exports: Coffee, cotton, tea, tobacco, fruits, flowers, fish and fish products Mineral Resources: Copper, Cobalt, Tungsten, Iron Ore, Columbite, Tantalite, Vermiculite, Gold, Tin, Phosphates, Limestone/Marble, Glass, Sand, Dimension stones etc, Oil and Gas Monetary Unit: Ugandan Shilling (UGX) Dialing Code: +256 Time Zone: GMT +3

President of the Republic of Uganda H.E. Yoweri Kaguta Museveni

Vice President, Edward Kiwanuka Ssekandi

Prime Minister Rt. Hon. Ruhakana Rugunda 47

Uganda is a land locked country found in East Africa; with diverse landscapes, abundant wildlife, exquisite National Parks, and is populated by a diverse variety of ethnic groups. The Swahili language unites Uganda with its East African neighbours; Kenya and Tanzania, whereas the English language and Christianity help unite the whole country and these diverse people who come together in the cosmopolitan capital of Kampala; a lush and vibrant city located on the shores of Lake Victoria - Africa’s largest freshwater lake. Uganda is home to one of the most varied and concentrated ranges of African fauna and flora, including the highly majestic endangered mountain gorilla and the endangered chimpanzee. Undeniably, Uganda encompasses many ecosystems, from the tall volcanic mountains of the eastern and western frontiers to the densely forested swamps of the Albert Nile River and the rainforests of the country’s central plateau. The land is rich and fertile, with Ugandan coffee becoming both a mainstay of the agricultural economy and a favourite of connoisseurs around the world.

POLITICAL HISTORY

Mountain Gorillas found in Bwindi Impenetrable and Mgahinga National Parks in South Western Uganda

After attaining independence from the British on 9th October 1962, Uganda went through an era of intense political turmoil. President Sir Edward Mutesa II, the Kabaka (King) of Buganda, along with Prime Minister Dr. Apollo Milton Obote, headed the first Ugandan-led government. In 1966 following a clash between the two leaders, Mutesa went into exile and Obote declared himself the President of the Republic of Uganda after suspending the Constitution. Obote’s government was characterised by tribalism and violence, and in January 1971, his Army Commander, General Idi Amin Dada, seized power via a military coup. Under Amin’s leadership, Uganda went through the bloodiest post-independence era, in which an estimated 300,000 Ugandans were reportedly murdered. In 1979, the Uganda National Liberation Front (UNLF), a coalition of Ugandan exiles, overthrew Amin. The National Consultative Commission, the supreme governing body of the UNLF installed Professor Yusuf Kironde Lule as the fourth President of the Republic of Uganda. Lule lasted only 68 days in power before political differences between him and the

Grey Crowned Crane

Bwindi Impenetrable Forest in South Western Uganda

UNLF saw him replaced by Godfrey Binaisa on 20th June 1979. Lule’s regime was characterised by robberies, murders and a general state of breakdown. Binaisa’s days were not any better and he was removed from office in May 1980 by the UNLF. The Presidential Commission was then set up led by Paulo Muwanga making him the sixth President of the Republic till the December 1980 general elections which brought Obote back to power. The second reign of Obote was worse than the first, characterised by terror and insecurity due to indiscipline of the army, and several rebel groups which had taken up arms in protest to the election results. An army mutiny once again toppled Obote in 1985 and General Tito Okello became President till January 1986 when he was ousted by Yoweri Kaguta Museveni’s National Resistance Army. In 1996 following the promulgation of Uganda’s new Constitution in 1995, presidential elections were held making Museveni an elected President. Museveni has won the subsequent elections for five-year terms as provided by the Constitution, and his era has seen the country grow significantly. Carmine Bee-Eater

One of the numerous Crater Lakes in Western Uganda. Kabarole District alone has 52, the biggest number of Crater Lakes per square metre in the world

Welcome to one of Africa’s most beautiful, welcoming and friendliest destinations. CLIMATE The tropical climate of Uganda is modified by elevation and locally, by the presence of the lakes. The major air currents are northeasterly and southwesterly. Because of Uganda’s equatorial location, there is little variation in the sun’s declination at midday, and the length of daylight is nearly always 12 hours. All of these factors, combined with a fairly constant cloud cover, ensure an equable climate throughout the year. Although Equatorial, the climate is not always uniform as the altitude throughout modifies the climate, for example Southern Uganda is wetter with rain generally spread throughout the year. The northeastern region has the driest climate and has been prone to droughts in some years. Rwenzori in the southwest receives heavy rainfall all year round. The climate in the south of the country is heavily influenced by one of the world’s biggest lakes; Lake Victoria. It prevents temperatures from varying significantly and increases cloudiness and rainfall year round. 50

THE LAND Uganda is bordered to the east by Kenya, to the north by South Sudan, to the west by the Democratic Republic of the Congo, to the southwest by Rwanda, and to the south by Tanzania. The Capital City, Kampala, is built around seven hills not far from the shores of Lake Victoria, which forms part of the frontier with Kenya and Tanzania.

RELIEF Most of Uganda is situated on a plateau, a large expanse that drops gently from about 5,000 feet (1,500 metres) in the south to approximately 3,000 feet (900 metres) in the north. To the west a natural boundary is composed of the Virunga (Mufumbiro) Mountains, the Ruwenzori Range, and the Western Rift Valley. The volcanic Virunga Mountains rise to 13,540 feet (4,125 metres) at Mount Muhavura and include Mount Sabinio (11,959 feet), where the borders of Uganda, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, and Rwanda meet. Farther north the Ruwenzori Range rises to 16,762 feet (5,109 metres) at Margherita Peak, Uganda’s highest point; its heights are often hidden by clouds, and its peaks are capped by snow and glaciers. Between the Virunga and Ruwenzori mountains lie Lakes Edward and George. The rest of the boundary is composed of the Western Rift Valley, which contains Lake Albert and the Albert Nile River. The northeastern border of the plateau is defined by a string of volcanic mountains that include Mounts Morungole, Moroto, and Kadam, all of which exceed 9,000 feet (2,750 metres) in elevation. The southernmost mountain - Mount Elgon - is also the highest of the chain, reaching 14,178 feet (4,321 metres).

South and west of these mountains is an eastern extension of the Rift Valley and Lake Victoria respectively. To the north the plateau is marked on the South Sudanese border by the Imatong Mountains, with an elevation of about 6,000 feet (1,800 metres).

Rivers and Lakes Uganda’s Lake Victoria (26,828 square miles [69,484 square km]), in the southeastern part of the country, is the world’s second largest inland freshwater lake by size after Lake Superior in North America. Victoria is also one of the sources of the Nile River. The other major lakes include Edward and George to the southwest; Albert to the west and Kyoga in central. The major rivers include: the Victoria Nile in central Uganda; the Achwa in the north; the Albert Nile in the northwest; and the Kafu, Katonga, and Kagyera in the west. 52

The southern rivers empty into Lake Victoria, the waters of which escape through Owen Falls near Jinja and from the Victoria Nile, flowing northward through the eastern extension of Lake Kyoga. It then turns west and north to drop over Karuma Falls and Murchison Falls before emptying into Lake Albert. Lake Albert is drained to the north by the Albert Nile. The major rivers include: the Victoria Nile in central Uganda; the Achwa in the north; the Albert Nile in the northwest; and the Kafu, Katonga, and Kagyera in the west. The southern rivers empty into Lake Victoria, the waters of which escape through Owen Falls near Jinja and from the Victoria Nile, flowing northward through the eastern extension of Lake Kyoga. It then turns west and north to drop over Karuma Falls and Murchison Falls before emptying into Lake Albert. Lake Albert is drained to the north by the Albert Nile after which it enters South Sudan as the Al-Jaber River.

Ruwenzori Snow Capped Mountains

PLANT AND ANIMAL LIFE Flora Vegetation is heaviest in the south and typically becomes wooded savanna (grassy parkland) in central and northern Uganda. Where conditions are less favourable, dry acacia woodland, dotted with the occasional candelabra (tropical African shrubs or trees with huge spreading heads of foliage) and euphorbia (plants often resembling cacti and containing a milky liquid) and interspersed with grassland, occurs in the south. Similar components are found in the vegetation of the Rift Valley floors. The steppes (treeless plains) and thickets of the northeast represent the driest regions of Uganda. The medium-elevation forests contain a rich variety of species. The high-elevation forests of Mount Elgon and the Ruwenzori Range occur above 6,000 feet (1,800 metres); on their upper margins they give way, through transitional zones of mixed bamboo and tree heath, to high mountain moorland. Uganda’s 5,600 square miles (14,500 square km) of swamplands include both papyrus and seasonal grassy swamp.

Fauna Uganda has over 340 mammal species in all sizes; from large mammals like Gorillas, Lions, and Elephants to small ones, like Birds, Rats, Shrews and Moles. You will also find a variety of reptiles including Crocodiles, Snakes and Lizards. Insects are a significant element in the biological environment of Uganda with over 140 butterfly species. 55

NATIONAL PARKS, CONSERVATION AND UNESCO WORLD HERITAGE SITES A significant portion of the country’s land area has been placed in its 10 national parks and overseen by the Uganda Wildlife Authority. These parks offer safaris along with boat tours, forest hikes, mountain climbing and wildlife research activities. Uganda is unrivalled on the continent as a bird watching destination with over 1,000 species of birds – several of which are found nowhere else on the planet. It is also home to over 13 types of primates including over half of the world’s endangered mountain gorillas. Murchison Falls National Park - the largest such park in Uganda, with an area of 1,480 square miles (3,840 square km) is bisected by the Victoria Nile. Queen Elizabeth National Park is about half the size of Murchison Falls and is in the Lake Edward - Lake George basin. Bwindi Impenetrable Forest, designated a UNESCO World Heritage site in 1994, contains about half of the world’s population of endangered mountain gorillas, and Mgahinga Gorilla National Park is also home to this rare mammal.

Shoebill 58 Stork

Bwindi Impenetrable Forest

Ruwenzori Mountains National Park

Ruwenzori Mountains National Park (also designated a UNESCO World Heritage site in 1994) contains the country’s highest mountain, Margherita Peak. The Kasubi Tombs; the final resting place of royalty and also a UNESCO World Heritage Site dating back 150 years is located in Kampala City and currently under reconstruction after a fire tragedy in March 2010. A former palace converted into a royal burial ground in the 19th Century, the tombs provided a glimpse into Ganda history and cultural traditions. This magnificent building was circular in nature and topped by a grass thatched tomb, a tribute to the architectural achievement using organic materials of wood, elephant grass, reeds and more. Kasubi Tombs - Kampala

Gishu young men ready for the Imbalu (circumcision of young men believed to be transformation into adulthood)

PEOPLE Although Uganda is inhabited by a large variety of tribes, a division is made mainly between the “Nilotic North” and the “Bantu South” with the Bantu forming the larger portion of the population. The Baganda, the largest tribe in Uganda, over 16% of the entire population, form together with the Basoga, Bagisu and Bagwere among others, the major tribes of the Eastern Lacustrine Bantu. The Banyankore who are over 9% of the Ugandan populace make up the Western Lacustrine Bantu, together with the Bakiga, Batooro and Banyoro among others. Many of the Bantu languages are mutually intelligible. For example, Runyoro (spoken by the Banyoro people) and Rutooro (spoken by the Batooro people) share an almost 100% lexical similarity with each other with the only major difference being the accents with which they are spoken. 60

Despite this, because of a history of separation, rivalry and occasional hostility borne from the existence of different genetic lines, their respective speakers insist that the two form separate languages. Another example is the striking similarity between Runyankore and Rukiga; Luganda and Lusoga; and Lusoga and Lugwere. The Nilotics are also divided into two major subgroups: the Eastern Nilotics and the Western Nilotics. The former are made up of such groups as the Itesots and Karimojong while the latter are comprised of the Alur, Acholi, Langi, Lugbara, Madi and Kakwa among others. The Sabiny and Kalenjin also form another smaller subgroup of Nilotics. The Nilotic languages have evolved to be more drastically different from each other compared to their Bantu counterparts.

The Batwa pygmies occupy part of the West and South Western parts of the country and are widely accepted to be the original occupants of the land. They tend to speak the language of the Bantu peoples next to whom they live like Rukiga and Kinyarwanda. In Uganda, their population is most dense around Bwindi and Mgahinga National Parks. South Asians (Indians, Pakistanis, and Bangladeshis) came to Uganda largely in the 19th and 20th centuries and by 1969 numbered more than 50,000. Although Ugandan citizenship was made available to them when Uganda became independent, most chose not to accept this offer. The population declined drastically when Idi Amin (President of the Republic of Uganda 1971 to 1979) ordered the expulsion in 1972 of all noncitizen Asians and later even those who held Ugandan citizenship. Although the latter group’s expulsion order was eventually rescinded, the majority still left the country. By the end of the year, only a small number of Asians remained in Uganda. In the early 1990s, the Ugandan government formally invited the expelled Asian community to return and had their property returned to them.

Energetic traditional dance from South Western Uganda

Rureemba, a bull in a herd of the famed Ankole cows from Western Uganda The net result of all this is a remarkably and strikingly colourful spectrum of peoples, cultures and language, creating a kaleidoscope of all hues and shades of cultural beauty and heritage which is a delight to visitors and travellers who come to experience the richness of human diversity.

Rubaga Cathedral. The seat of the Catholic Church in Uganda

Languages There are at least 32 languages spoken in Uganda, but English and Swahili - both official languages - and Ganda are the most commonly used. English is the language of education and of government, and, although only a fraction of the populace speaks English well, access to high office, prestige, and economic and political power is almost impossible without an adequate command of the language. Swahili was chosen as second official national language because of its potential for facilitating regional integration, although Ugandans’ command of Swahili falls substantially below that of Tanzania, Kenya, and even eastern Democratic Republic of the Congo. In addition, Swahili was unpopular with a large proportion of Ugandans who considered it the language of past dictators and armies. Uganda’s indigenous languages are co-extensive with its different ethnic groups. Most Ugandans can understand several languages.

The magnificent Old Kampala Mosque 62

Namirembe Cathedral for the Protestants (Anglicans)

Religion Uganda’s religious heritage is tripartite: indigenous religions, Islam, and Christianity. About four-fifths of the population are Christian, primarily divided between Roman Catholics and Protestants (mostly Anglicans but also including Pentecostal, Seventh-day Adventists, Baptists, and Presbyterians). About one-eighth of the population is Muslim. Most of the remainder practice traditional religions. As in other parts of Africa, Islam and Christianity have been combined with indigenous religions to form various syncretic religious trends. Islam was the first of the exogenous religions to arrive, and it became politically significant in the 1970s. Christianity came during the colonial period through spirited missionary activity - especially in the south, where Catholics were called bafaransa (“the French”) and Protestants bangerezza (“the British”). In the early 1930s a breakaway group of Anglican missionaries together with several Ugandans initiated the balokole (“born again”) revival, which spread throughout eastern Africa and beyond and has remained a powerful force of Pentecostalism today. A small number of Abayudaya Jews live in communities in eastern Uganda, the descendants of converts to Judaism in the 1920s. Until 1972, when Asians were expelled from Uganda, large numbers of Sikhs and Hindus lived throughout the country; in recent years, with returning South Asian practitioners, Sikhism and Hinduism have been re-established in the country. Freedom of religion is guaranteed by the 1995 constitution.

Skyline of Kampala Capital City Central Business District

In the south, sedentary agriculture is widely practiced. Most cultivators keep some livestock in the form of goats, chickens, and occasionally ducks and even rabbits and geese. The prosperous farmers keep one or two localbreed cattle, while the wealthier own imported breeds. In central, eastern, and southern Uganda, well-spaced homesteads have farms surrounding them.

Manyatta, a Karamojong Homestead in North Eastern Uganda

Settlement Patterns Uganda’s population remains fundamentally rural, although the number of urban dwellers, constituting about one-sixth of the total population, is growing. A few northern societies, such as the Karimojong, are mainly pastoralists, but most northern societies combine cattle keeping with some cultivation.

Kampala, the capital, is the largest city; other major towns include Jinja, Mbale, Masaka, Entebbe, all located in the south, and Gulu in the north. Urban centres have grown substantially due to a rural-urban movement within the south itself as well as a migration from the north to southern towns. During colonial times, the British were not encouraged to settle widely in what was then the Uganda Protectorate (as they were in the settler colony of Kenya), and therefore together with the Asian immigrants generally lived in towns. Gradually a minority of black urbanites began to emerge and are now thriving as businesses and the economy grows, providing further jobs and opportunities for employment.

Since 1986, urban centres in Uganda have been rehabilitated and expanded, especially in the eastern, central, and western portions of the country. In addition, numerous small trading centres have emerged along major routes, serving as important points for trade and access to information. Urban areas often contain large numbers of mainly younger people - usually many more men than women - who have come to town seeking whatever work they can find. Many are engaged in manual labour or service-related jobs such as food preparation. There are also, however, an ever growing middle class of Ugandans and visible signs of urban progress, such as good housing and infrastructure around the outskirts of towns.

Demographic Trends The Ugandan population has grown rapidly since independence, when it was approximately at seven million, to now a total more than three times that number. Like many other African countries, the population is predominantly young, with roughly half under 15 years of age and more than one-fourth between the ages of 15 and 29. Uganda’s birth rate is about twice that of the world average, and the death rate is also higher than the world average. Life expectancy in Uganda, while higher than or similar to that of most neighbouring countries, is below the world average. The number of Ugandans residing in cities or towns has grown slowly since the 1980s and Kampala, the political and commercial capital, contains more than one-fourth of the country’s urban population. Uganda’s other major cities have considerably smaller populations, among them Jinja, which contains a memorial to Mahatma Gandhi. The most densely populated areas are in the south, especially around Lake Victoria and Mount Elgon. Homesteads in Kabale in South Western Uganda

Emburara-Farm-Lodge

ECONOMY Uganda is heavily endowed with natural resources including fertile soils, abundant water supply and minerals. The economy is essentially agricultural (over 70%) due to moderate climate which is especially congenial to the production of both livestock and crops. Economic development and modernisation were impeded by the country’s political instability after attainment of independence. In order to repair the damage done to the economy by the past governments of Idi Amin and Milton Obote, foreign investment in agriculture and core industries was encouraged. The 1991 Investment Code offered tax and other incentives to local and foreign investors and created the Uganda Investment Authority, which made it easier for potential investors to procure licenses and investment approval. The economy improved rapidly during the 1990s and early 2000s, and Uganda has now been acclaimed for its economic stability and high rates of growth.

Agriculture Agriculture accounts for a large share of Uganda’s export earnings and its gross domestic product, as well as providing the main source of income for the vast majority of the population.

Coffee remains the major cash crop for export followed by tea and cotton. Horticultural products (including fresh-cut flowers) are also grown for export. Food crops include maize, millet, beans, sorghum, cassava, sweet potatoes, plantains, groundnuts, soybeans, and such vegetables as cabbages, greens, carrots, onions, tomatoes, and numerous peppers. Livestock include cattle, both indigenous and exotic varieties, plus crossbreeds, sheep, goats, pigs, chickens, ducks, and turkeys. There have been several projects to introduce rabbits. Cattle ranching has been encouraged in the western region of the country and dairy farming is expanding with Uganda producing pasteurized and “longlife” milk, butter, yogurt, and cheeses.

Forestry Forests and woodlands cover approximately 24% of the total land area. The vast majority of this is woodland, while the rest is tropical forest. The total forest reserve

area is estimated at 1,277,684 hectares, of which 99.6 % is under the Central Forest Reserves while 0.4% is on Local Forest Reserves. Uganda offers six (6) principal indigenous/natural forest reserves for harvesting with hard wood species such as Chlorophora excelsa, Celtis, Maesopsis eminii, Entandrophragma, Cynometra alexandrii, Lovoa brownii, and Newtonia buchanani. Forestry is an economically viable sector which has supported growth of several sectors and industries (small, medium and large). The sector is also an important source of energy, employment, livelihood and ecological integrity.

Fishing Because lakes and rivers cover nearly 20% of Uganda, fish and fish products are one of the main exports. Uganda has more than 350 fish species, the Nile perch and Tilapia being the most important, making up 46% and 38% of the total. Lake Victoria the largest tropical lake and second largest fresh water lake in the world contributes 60% of the annual fish catch of over 220,000 metric tons, Lake Albert 15% (56,000), Lake Kyoga 16% (60,000) and the balance comes from the other smaller lakes. 69

Mineral Resources

Manufacturing

Uganda’s mineral reserves include copper, tungsten, cobalt, columbite-tantalite, gold, phosphate, iron ore, and limestone among others. Gold; which is an important export, cobalt, and columbitetantalite are mined. Exploration for petroleum, which had long showed geological potential, particularly under Lakes Albert and Edward, proceeded slowly until 2006, when oil was struck. Significant quantities of petroleum were also discovered in the Lake Albertine rift basin in 2008 and 2009. Planned and ongoing investment in the Oil and Gas industry are by far the largest in the country. Iron ore is identified as one of the minerals with a huge potential of transforming the country and accelerating industrialisation. Uganda has vast deposits of iron ore reserves of approximately 580m tonnes.

Manufacturing contributes only a small portion of the Gross Domestic Product but is growing steadily. The major industries are based on processing agricultural products such as tea, tobacco, sugar, coffee, cotton, grains, dairy products, and edible oils. Also important are beer brewing and the manufacture of cement, fertilizers, matches, metal products, paints, shoes, soap, steel, textiles, and motor vehicles.

Power Uganda’s energy use composition is dominated by biofuels, followed by hydroelectric power 70% of which is provided by the River Nile. The national electrification rate stands at 25% of the total population (2019). The commissioning of the Isimba in March 2019 increased the country’s installed generation capacity to 1,200 MW. Progress on construction of Karuma is over 90%.

Industrial production grew dramatically in the years following independence but then declined precipitously from the early 1970s. Since 1990, with the return of stability to the country, foreign companies and lending institutions have invested in such businesses as textile and steel mills, car assembly plants, tanneries, bottling and brewing plants, and cement factories. There are also a number of cottage industries which produce a wide variety of domestic and commercial iron and wooden products ranging from security doors, household and farm goods, numerous spare parts, and furniture.

Isimba-Hydropower-Project 70

Finance and Trade Uganda’s central bank; the Bank of Uganda, was founded in 1966. It monitors Uganda’s commercial banks, serves as the government’s bank, and issues the national currency - the Uganda Shilling. The government sets the Shilling’s official exchange rate against foreign currencies.

Artistic impression of the Kiira Vehicle Plant under construction

Uganda has participated in several regional economic organizations, including the Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa, the Intergovernmental Authority on Development, and the East African Community. Its principal exports are coffee, fish and fish products, gold, tobacco, cotton, and tea. The main imports are machinery and transport equipment, basic manufactures, food and live animals, and chemicals. Its principal trading partners are South Sudan, Kenya, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, China, India, Japan and others. 71

Rebecca A. Kadaga (MP), Speaker of Parliament of Uganda

GOVERNMENT AND SOCIETY Constitutional Framework

Justice

The 1995 Constitution provides for the President as the head of state, government, and the armed forces assisted by the Vice President, Prime Minister and Cabinet.

The Supreme Court is the court of highest appeal. Below the Supreme Court is the Court of Appeal and the High Court. The Court of Appeal is also the Constitutional Court. The Magistrates’ Courts were established in 1970 and decide criminal and civil matters. The Judiciary, one of the three arms of Government enshrined in the Constitution is headed by the Chief Justice who is also the head of the Supreme Court. The Court of Appeal is headed by the Deputy Chief Justice.

Legislative power is vested in Parliament which is headed by the Speaker. Most members of parliament are directly elected to five-year terms; the remaining seats are reserved for one female representative from every district and representatives of specific groups, such as the army, youth, labour, and persons with disabilities. The constitution also recognizes the right of ethnic groups to pursue their own cultural practices, thus a number of cultural leaders are recognised.

Local Government Uganda is divided into districts. Each district is administered by an elected chairperson and a district council. Sub-district administrative units are governed by a tiered structure of elected councils which possess political and judicial power to manage local affairs.

The Hon. Chief Justice of Uganda, Bart Magunda Katureebe 73

Health and Welfare Uganda runs a decentralized health system with national, regional, district and community level health care facilities. At the national level are the national referral hospitals, regional referral hospitals, and semiautonomous institutions including the Uganda Blood Transfusion Services, the National Medical Stores and the Uganda Public Health Laboratories among others. At regional level there exists regional referral facilities and institutions while at district level, there are district hospitals and health centers up to parish level. All the health services are delivered by the public sector, private providers, and traditional and complementary health practitioners. The aim of Uganda’s health system is to deliver the national minimum health care package.

Housing Most Ugandans live in housing units of their own especially in the rural areas where the majority of the population is located. An estimated 71% of households in Kampala 74

Makerere University, Kampala, Uganda live in rented dwellings. Nationally, just over one fifth of all households rent. The Residential Property Price Index (RPPR) for the Greater Metropolitan Kampala Area (GMKA) registered a growth of 9.4% for the year ending March 2019 compared to 7.1% registered for second quarter 2018/19. A number of private developers have entered the sector to construct and sell houses. The passing of the Condominium Law greatly facilitated this development. Government is in the process of enacting the Landlord and Tenant Law to regulate this area especially with regard to commercial buildings. It is also working on a number of projects to address the issue of slums.

Education Primary education begins at six years of age and continues for seven years. Secondary education begins at 13 years of age and consists of a four-year segment followed by a two-year segment.

In early 1997 Uganda revolutionized its education policy by introducing an initiative called Universal Primary Education, under which the government pays tuition fees for all orphans and for up to four children per family. The policy, aimed at rapidly expanding literacy throughout the population and resulted in an increase in school attendance. A similar program for post-primary education was initiated in early 2007. Many of the oldest schools in Uganda were established by Christian missionaries from Europe. Since independence their role has been superseded by that of the government, but, because of the limited number of secondary schools, private schools have remained an important component of Uganda’s educational system. Makerere University in Kampala, which began as a technical school in 1922, was the first major institution of higher learning in East and Central Africa. In addition to its medical school, Makerere’s faculties include those of agriculture and forestry, arts, education, technology, law, economics, science, social sciences, and veterinary medicine. A number of new institutions of higher learning have opened since the late 1980s, including Mbarara University of Science and Technology (1989), Uganda Christian University (founded as Bishop Tucker Theological College in 1913; present name and university status conferred in 1997), Uganda Martyrs University (1993), and Islamic University in Uganda (1988) and others continue to come on board. This Explains the vibrant education system in Uganda. In addition to these, there are primary-teacher training colleges, technical schools and colleges, and business colleges spread across the country. 75

Lake Bunyampaka, Rubirizi - School children on a field trip to the salt pans. 76

CULTURAL LIFE Cultural diversity - from the Ganda culture in the south and the Acholi culture in the north, to the influence of South Asian and Western Europe cultures – has produced a wide variety of lifestyles and interests among Ugandans. Some of the iconic cultural events rotate around marriage and entertainment.

Marriages In almost all the ethnic groups, girls are still handed over to their suitors in a traditional marriage ceremony. The man, with his entourage, comes with a myriad of gifts for the girl’s family, and the girl is handed over after a series of rituals which include payment of bride price, dancing, and feasting on sumptuous dishes. With the advent of Christianity and Islam, this ceremony will be a prelude to the religious marriage ceremony. These traditional marriage ceremonies are recognised by the Ugandan laws as legally binding if registered by the Registrar of Marriages.

Traditional Marriage Ceremony

The imbalu ceremony

Imbalu The imbalu is another iconic cultural event. The imbalu is the public circumcision of mostly teenage boys among the Bagisu, a tribe that lives on the slopes of Mt. Elgon. It is meant to act as a rite of passage of young boys into manhood. Among the Bagisu, one cannot be considered a man unless he is circumcised and occasionally men who have been discovered to have evaded circumcision are sought out, even as far as Kampala City, and taken through the ritual. The imbalu attracts many visitors and tourists who are intrigued by the event.

Traditional Dances Traditional dance is a must-see spectacle in the country with each tribe exhibiting eyecatching and theatrical cultural dances, many with deep meaning. The kiganda dance – known as bakisimba – is one of the most common and widely known, and involves dramatic swinging of the hips accompanied by loud and vigorous drumming. The Banyankore have the ekitaguriro, the Banyoro are known for the runyege dance while the Acholi exhibit the larakaraka. All the ethnic groups have a peculiar dance and an exhibition of all of them is available at the Ndere Centre in Kampala, the National Theatre and a number of other theatres and hotels countrywide. 79

BET award winner, Eddy Kenzo

The Arts Uganda is becoming a fast-growing cultural hub in East Africa thanks to the focus on contemporary African art. Artists derive influence from their distinctive cultures and customs. These contemporary artists are some of the influential minds that are carving a space for Uganda in the international art world; together with a small but active group of local artists - painters, sculptors, poets, and playwrights - who exhibit their works in local galleries and theatres. Folk art is widely collected and provides an important source of revenue. Uganda’s ethnic arts are prized by collectors around the world, with carving being an especially popular form, with scenes from Ugandan history and legend incised on hardwood shields or screens. Other popular forms are ironwork, ceramics, and batik, a technique of textile painting.

Music There is currently vast musical talent and Uganda is ranked one of the best music-producing countries on the African continent, with international recognition for artistes like Radio and Weasel (MTV BASE and BET) and Eddy Kenzo (BET). Contemporary music in the post-colonial Uganda began with the rise of kadongo kamu. Literally translated as “one guitar” due to the use of a solo guitar, this genre, a musical story sang in the Central Region’s Luganda language became popular. 80

Then the 1990s Jamaican Reggae music encouraged Ugandan artistes to venture into reggae with the likes of Shanks Vivi Dee, Menton Krono and Rasta Rob. These pioneers of Ugandan Reggae in turn inspired a more modern breed of musicians who engaged in diverse genres, leading to the emergence of Ugandan Hip Hop, and Dancehall music in the early 2000s. The Hip Hop genre saw the likes of Klear Kut and Navio; the RnB genre saw the rise of Juliana Kanyomozi, Michael Ross and Irene Namubiru; the pop and dancehall genres has amazing talent from Chameleone, Bebe Cool, Radio and Weasel, Bobi Wine, Sheebah Karungi and Eddy Kenzo. The Gospel genre also became very popular thanks to artistes like Wilson Bugembe and Judith Babirye.

Radio (RIP) and Weasel took Ugandan pop and dancehall music to an unprecedented level, being nominated for the BET and MTV awards

The music scene in Uganda continues to evolve rapidly, keeping up with developments both in Africa and the Western world, and with the high quality audio and video technology that continues to come into the country the future appears very bright for music in Uganda.

Daily Life and Social Customs The year is filled with a variety of festivals and ritual celebrations, including marriage “introductions”, weddings, last funeral rites, christenings, and other familial gatherings. Other celebrations nationwide are drawn from the Christian and Muslim calendars or commemorative events in Ugandan history, such as Martyrs’ Day (3rd June), Heroes’ Day (9th June), and Independence Day (9th October).

Artiste, Sheebah Karungi

Cassava, sweet potatoes and millet are a major staple in the Eastern and Northern parts of the country enjoyed with groundnut paste in dried fish, beef or chicken. Leafy vegetables like amaranth (doodo) and nakati are also popular accompaniments in all regions. Each region also has a dish that is unique to it. The luwombo in the Central region is a dish usually made of chicken, meat, fish or groundnuts steamed in banana leaves. The Western region is well known for eshabwe: made by beating ghee in cold water mixed with rock salt. In the Northern region there is the malakwang dish made from the malakwang plant mixed in with groundnut paste.

The King of Toro Kingdom in Western Uganda, Rukirabasaija Oyo Nyimba Kabamba Iguru Rukidi IV who was crowned at the age of three (3) years in 1995; and the Queen Mother Best Kemigisa (L)

Cultural Institutions Uganda has a number of Kingdoms and Chiefdoms with the latter found in the Southern Bantu and the former in the northern part of the Country. The Kingdoms which ironically survived the colonial period were abolished in the 1967 constitution and restored in1993 by the NRM government as cultural institutions only. These Monarchies are: BunyoroKitara, Buganda, Toro, Busoga and Rwenzururu. Nkore Kingdom is yet to be restored. There are also a number of Chiefdoms across different regions in Uganda and recognized by government.

Cuisine Ugandan cuisine is rich arising out of the various ethnic peculiarities. In the central and western regions, plantain known as matooke is a popular staple usually enjoyed with stew made from either beans, ground nuts, peas or meat in the form of beef, goat and chicken.

Luwombo, chicken steamed in plantain leaf, a delicacy from the Baganda enjoyed widely 82

Deep fried nsenene

Eccentricities also abound within Ugandan cuisine. The now almost world-famous “rolex”: fried eggs, vegetables (usually raw tomatoes, onions, cabbage and green pepper) rolled in a flat wheat bread called chapatti. This invention arose from the creativity of chapatti sellers in the Busoga region and soon made its way to the rest of Uganda, spurred by its tastiness, pocket friendliness, and ability to be a whole meal in and of itself. Another favorite are the “tasty bugs”, the nsenene or grasshoppers. These seasonal insects are a delicacy in many parts of the country especially in the central and western regions. They usually emerge during the wet seasons and create quite a stir because of their crunchy, delicious flavour. They are eaten pan fried and lately spiced with onions and other condiments. Another common dish is the katogo. This is usually a combination of many foods cooked together. Common combinations are matooke and meat, matooke and offals, cassava and beans, matooke and beans and matooke and groundnut paste. In recent years it has become a mainstay of breakfasts in many urban and rural eateries.

Sports

Media

Sports is a vastly popular activity, with millions of Ugandans growing up playing football (soccer) and supporting their favourite local and European football teams. The country’s first Olympic gold medal was earned by John Akii-Bua, who competed in the men’s 400-metre hurdles at the 1972 Summer Olympics in Munich. Although the Country has not done very well at major international sporting events since then, the recent years have seen heroic performance by Dorcus Inzikuru, Stephen Kiprotich, Kipsiro and very recently Cheptegei. Government is committed to boosting the running talent by construction of a high-altitude training facility in Kapchorwa District. The national football team, the Uganda Cranes has also made it to regional events particularly the Africa Cup of Nations.

Radio stations have flourished since 1990. In addition to the government-run Radio Uganda, there are more than 100 privately owned stations. The Government owned Uganda Broadcasting Corporation also has a Television Station, and there are also private local stations and satellite television. A fluctuating number of daily newspapers are published. Those published in English include The Monitor, and the state-owned New Vision among others. Popular vernacular papers include Bukedde, Etop, and Orumuri. In addition, daily papers published in Kenya are available. The degree of government control and censorship of the press has varied under different regimes. Since the early 1990s, however, there has been freedom of expression in the country.

The National Netball Team, the She Cranes

www.britannica.com www.wikipedia.com www.wikitravel.org 83

Museums and Culture Uganda has a rich cultural heritage and an important part of African history. Uganda was created as a protectorate by the British comprising of a number of kingdoms and chiefdoms and named after the largest kingdom of Buganda. These communities had a rich but mostly unwritten history, with many rising and falling over the centuries, merging into larger kingdoms or disintegrating into smaller ones. Uganda’s museums and cultural centres explore these kingdoms and empires of old. Uganda Museum (Kampala) Started in 1908 at Lugard’s fort on Old Kampala Hill in Kampala City, the Uganda Museum is the largest and oldest Museum in Uganda. It has moved twice since – first to Makerere University at the School of Industrial and Fine Arts and later to Kitante Hill where it stands today. The Museums different sections include: • Traditional Music - featuring traditional musical instruments and live performances; • Archaeology - featuring Stone Age and Iron Age tools dating back 1,000,000 years; 84

Justice System Display at the Uganda Museum

• Independence Pavilion of Science and Industry - showcasing transport and communication (model of the 1st telephone in East Africa); • Ethnohistory - showcasing recent history such as the first printing press in Uganda; • Ethnography - providing visitors with a touch of cultures and peoples’ way of life; • Palaeontology – featuring fossils aged from 20,000,000 years ago and extinct species of mammals such as long-horned Buffalo and Indian Elephant; • Outside the Museum is the Living Museum (Cultural Village) that exhibits the way of life of Ugandans, representing the whole of Uganda. Buganda Kingdom Collections

The Kasubi Tombs in Kampala

The Buganda Kingdom has a rich heritage and culture. Different sites exhibit different aspects of the Kingdom’s culture and history. Recently, the Kingdom established the Kabaka Mutebi Collections in Mengo Palace. Found at the entrance of the Palace, the collection includes photographs of the life of the reigning King, Kabaka Ronald Mutebi from childhood to date. Also on show at the Palace is a number of regalia, military machinery used by former Presidents Milton Obote and Idi Amin when they attacked the Palace in 1966, and the Kabaka Muteesa’s Rolls Royce among others. Kabaka Muteesa II, father to Kabaka Mutebi was the first Ugandan to drive a car. Another symbolic site of the Kingdom, are the Kasubi Tombs, a UNESCO World Heritage site. Kasubi Tombs is the burial ground of four of Buganda’s Kings: Muteesa I, Mwanga II, Daudi Chwa II, and Muteesa II. The tombs were converted in 1884 from Kabaka Muteesa I’s Palace established in 1882 and stand on more than 28 hectares on Kasubi hill in Kampala. The site has intangible values of belief, spirituality, continuity and identity for both the royals and the peoples of the Kingdom. Traditional and cultural practices have been preserved over the years at this site. The Igongo Cultural Centre

School Children visiting the Uganda Museum

Igongo Cultural Centre was opened at Christmas in 2011 by Ugandan President Museveni. The centre promotes the cultural heritage of south-west Uganda which is encompassed in the centre’s motto “Wisdom is rooted in the Past”. Within the centre, visitors can find the Eriijukiro museum - a tour of which takes around half an hour; Eitaramiro cultural village showing the evolution of typical Nyankore and 85

Kigezi households; 22-bed accommodation; a restaurant (where you can try locally sourced traditional dishes of millet bread, matooke and ghee, along with a local drink made from millet or sorghum); the Nkwanzi craft and book shop; and the Mbuuro gardens which feature historical sculptures of animals and people.

Entebbe Crafts Village (Entebbe)

Visitors can explore how Uganda’s ancestors lived with a collection of historical artefacts brought to life with clay models and featured presentations.

The Entebbe Crafts Village is a small but rich destination where beautiful works of art are produced by Ugandans for sale to locals and foreigners alike. Prices here are usually lower in comparison to

Entebbe Crafts Village was established in the year 2002 and it is a rich destination for beautiful works of art produced by Ugandans and is the largest arts and crafts retailer in Uganda.

those sold at places like the Entebbe Zoo, Victoria Mall and other luxury tourist destinations in the city. The village comprises of 50 stores teeming with over 30,000 products and 250 inspirational activities and hundreds of exciting ideas. Items on display include creatively-designed watches, bangles, sculptures, clothing, and footwear. There is also a selection of jewellery, paintings, batiks, antiques and masks. Social Innovation Museum (Kampala) “Get Inspired to Change the World” at the Social Innovation Museum in Uganda. It offers a unique experience for visitors to see social innovations, meet the social innovators and forge ideas for yourself. From upcycling to new methods of education, be prepared to see things differently after a trip to this beautiful and peaceful hill at the edges of Kampala. There are a variety of workshops and trainings offered at the Museum in Mpigi. From team building for organisations, to innovation for companies or inspiration for a class of students - it all revolves around innovation, social purpose, finding your personal mission, creating social enterprises, upcycling and organisational culture building.

Rwenzori Art Centre (Kasese) Rwenzori Founders Art Centre, comprising an award-winning Sculpture Gallery, Bronze Foundry and Coffee Bar, lies 11km north of Kasese in the foothills of Uganda’s impressive Rwenzori Mountains. Supported by UK charity the Ruwenzori Sculpture Foundation, recent winners of Expats Magazine’s Community Services Award, this rural centre for the arts was created by three Ugandan craftsmen who trained at Pangolin Editions foundry in England upon their return home. Since then it has rapidly grown into a local team of 16 members. A first for Uganda, the foundry offers sculptors the opportunity to have their work cast into bronze in well-equipped studios and with skilled craftsmen on hand at every stage of the process. Launched in 2008, the architect-designed Rwenzori Sculpture Gallery is rapidly becoming a popular tourist destination and exhibits a selection of bronzes produced by the foundry, alongside other works created during workshops and residencies hosted on site.

Igongo Cultural Centre 87

Ankole Huts

Source of the Nile Museum (Jinja) The newest addition to Uganda’s cultural and historical map, the Source of the Nile Museum opened to the public in early 2017. Uganda celebrated its 50th year since its Independence from the British in 2012. The British protectorate was founded in 1894 after John Hannington Speke discovered the source of the Nile in August 1858. Under the request of the British crown, Sir Harry John Stone established a civilian administration in an agreement with the Buganda chiefs bringing stability to the region by 1900. The Source of the Nile Museum takes visitors through the discovery of the mighty Nile River, the colonial era, construction (the East Africa railway), independent Uganda, the story of Idi Amin, the expulsion of the Asians, the Tanzania War, the Bush War and the return to Multiparty elective politics - dawning Uganda into modern age. Through the exhibits at this museum, visitors experience the Interlink between History, Heritage and Civilization. A journey of dedicated pursuit highlighting Uganda’s history, different cultures coexisting together in harmony, and with equal opportunities. 88

The Basoga People playing local musical instruments: Inhabitants of the Source of the Nile in Jinja

Other Museums and Cultural Centres: Afriart Gallery - Kampala Ankole Cultural Drama Actor’s Museum Attitude Change Museum Bamasaaba Cultural Union Bulemba Museum Bukonzo Cultural Association Museum Bunyoro Community Historical Museum Associates Busoga Cultural Museum Butambala Heritage Center of Civilization Cultural Research Center Museum - Jinja Cuupa Arts Gallery - Jinja C.K Kikonyogo Money Museum Destreet Art Studio & Gallery - Kampala Gakondo Cultural Museum Ebirungi Ebyeira Museum - Jinja

Ham Mukasa Museum Iteso Cultural Union Museum Karamoja Museum Kabale Museum Kigulu Cultural Museum - Iganga Mountain of the Moon - Fort Portal Mt. Elgon Museum of History and Culture - Mbale Nyamyarro Museum Obudingiya Bwa Bamba - OBB The House of Memory Ker Kwong Museum - Alur Uganda Marty’s University Museum Umoja - Kampala Soroti Museum St. Luke Community Museum Zoological Museum at Makerere University

visituganda.com ugandatourismcenter.com theculturetrip.com/africa/uganda 89

Festivals in Uganda - Celebrating culture, heritage, music and food Festivals in Uganda change every few years with many of them centred on arts and music. Jazz and hip-hop are at the height of popularity in Uganda and the biggest event by far is the long-standing Bayimba International Festival of Music and Arts, which showcases the country’s best music, dance and theatre. Each year this popular three-day festival focuses on arts and culture in Uganda and is a must for all visitors hoping 90

to learn more about the music and art scene of the country. The festival brings music, film, dance, theatre, and visual arts together under one roof, and showcases not only local artists but those from other East African countries as well.

the festival an annual event, which is held over 10 days and showcases various styles of film, ranging from classic to contemporary. Audiences are treated to screenings, lectures, and other performances at various locations around the city.

The bi-annual Kampala International Film Festival was held for the first time in 2004 and was a big success. Plans are to make

Also known as the Amakula International Film Festival it is one of Uganda’s oldest independent film festivals that aims to

contribute to a vibrant local film industry, by broadening access to and developing audiences for quality African film production; inspiring local film makers to produce quality local films based on own stories; facilitating, presenting and promoting local film productions; and offering a professional networking platform for the film making community in East Africa and beyond. This festival moves around the country over a course of four months and showcases both old and new films that feature themes of independence and fall under one of five platforms, which include African Panorama, Highlights and Tributes, Regional Views, Landmarks and Contemporary World Cinema. It also offers workshops on film training and creating soundtracks for silent films. Rolex Festival: Rolex is a popular snack - CNN ranked it the fastest growing snack in Uganda. It is prepared by folding an omelet and fresh vegetables mainly sliced tomatoes, onions and 91

cabbage inside a flat wheat bread known as chapatti. This idea was invented by the “Basoga” in Eastern Uganda and later spread to other parts of the country especially Kampala, Uganda’s capital. Rolex was promoted more by university students and bachelors for being a convenient, cheap, tasty and faster meal to prepare. The delicacy became a popular food choice because of its taste. As Rolex became a celebrated delicacy, the idea of the Rolex Festival was born. The Festival was launched in 2016 by the Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities to promote the cultural food heritage. The Festival which is characterized by plenty of other snacks and drinks has become an annual event that attracts big crowds. The B-Global Indigenous Hip Hop Festival is a four-day festival that happens each September and was created to celebrate hip hop in Uganda to empower and educate the youth to lay foundations upon which their communities can grow, build and be transformed through Hip Hop. Its vision is to educate youth through hip hop culture and to teach Ugandan youth the importance of reconnecting with their roots. It brings the youth of Uganda together with some of Uganda’s hip hop leaders to promote peace, love and fun. Formerly known as the Nile Gold Jazz Safari, the Johnnie Walker Jazz Safari is a one-day event in Kampala which features incredible jazz played by musicians from all over the world.

Organised by Vision Group, the Twins Festival is one of the biggest annual events, possibly because of the turn out it receives. The Festival takes place at Namboole National Stadium and held its sixth edition in 2019. Dressed in similar clothing and other accessories, identical and fraternal twins, and their parents and relatives grace the festival to celebrate the double blessing. The twins and their parents share challenges and blessings arising out of their birth situations.

One of the most recent additions to Uganda’s cultural calendar is the MTN Nyege Nyege Music Festival. Nyege Nyege stands for peace, respect and abundant joy, it stands for Africa and Africans, for underground music and musicians, it stands for fun and curiosity and strives towards inclusivity and wonder, something of a perfect world you might say, but it’s only 4-days after all. Nyege Nyege Festival is now considered the most important four day international music

festival in East Africa for both its one-ofa-kind curation and its unique afropolitan party vibe. Originating in 2016, Nyege Nyege features music legends from North, West, South and East Africa. Representing the best of contemporary African music: kuduros, kwaito, Afro house, hiplife, Tuareg rock, cosmic synths from Niger, Arab tech, Morrocan bass, zouk bass, soukous, balani, funana, and swhaili trap and Tigrinian blues - Nyege Nyege takes its inspiration from the legendary World Festival of the Black Arts’ that took place in Dakar Senegal in 1966. 94

An extended invitation from Uganda to the world, Nyege Nyege also showcases the connections between Africa and the rest of the world Afro Diaspora - with Cumbia from South America, vodou jazz from Haiti and underground hip hop from America. Complementing the line-up are some of the hottest producers and DJs from Europe whose work is in conversation with African sounds. The festival takes place in a breathtaking forest on the shores of the Nile River, just a few minutes away from the Source and includes a brand new camping village. Despite attracting a global audience and being international in nature, Nyege Nyege is not your classic “destination festival”, it is first and foremost a celebration of Ugandan culture and African music, and the “Spirit of UG” is ever present. In 2017, it was voted Uganda’s event of the year. In 2018, Nyege Nyege welcomed Africa’s number 1 telecom brand, and became MTN Nyege Nyege, a move towards building a financially sustainable festival that remains inclusive and always forward going without ever losing its independence. 95

ICONS OF UGANDA

Elly Wamala Musician

Born “Elishama Lukwata Wamala” on 13 December 1935 to subcounty clerk Ignatius Mutambuze and Gladys Nabutiti in Bulucheke, Mbale, Wamala was one of Uganda’s first musicians to release a vinyl recorded song and have it become a commercial hit in the 1950s when he released Nabutono. The song was so successful that it caught the attention of Kabaka Edward Mutesa who regularly summoned Wamala to his court to perform the song. After Nabutono, Wamala’s next release was Josephine and it also became a hit. By the time of his death, he had over 60 songs to his name, including Viola (1974), Welcome Pope Paul (1969), Akaana Ka Kawalya (1974), and Ebinyumu Ebyaffe (1998), among others. Wamala’s musical talent was spotted when he was five years old, and his paternal uncle, who raised him, started to call on him to entertain his frequent visitors. Wamala studied linguistics, poetry, and prose at Makerere College. After college, he played the guitar at New Life Bar in Mengo before going to Kenya to study advanced guitar playing at the Nairobi Conservatoire.

Wamala obtained a Banjo Mandolin Guitar diploma from Britain, and later studied TV production in Wales, upon his return to Uganda in the early 1960s he worked with the national broadcaster, Uganda Television (UTV) as a producer, and later as controller of programmes until 1981 when he retired. Wamala was examined by renowned guitarist George Cissily, and obtained a BMG Diploma in plectrum guitar playing, majoring in finger-board harmony. He founded the Mascots band and moulded it to become one of the most successful bands in Kampala in the 1980s. Its membership included renowned Kampala lawyer Andrew Kasirye and singers Tonny Ssenkebejje, Peterson Tusuubira Mutebi, Frank Mbalire and Kabuye Ssembogga. Fondly known to his fans as Evergreen, Wamala’s longevity, inspiration of subsequent musicians, the number of hit songs and his role in developing the local music industry in the 1950s and 1960s is unmatched by his Peers, and regarded as ‘the father of Uganda’s modern recording music industry’. Wamala was diagnosed with colon cancer in 2000 but later succumbed to throat cancer on 22 August 2004 leaving a wife and 13 children.

Wamala was one of Uganda’s first musicians to release a vinyl recorded song and have it become a commercial hit. 96

Isaiah Katumwa Jazz Musician He has worked with multiple-Grammy nominee Darren Rahn who has produced some of his music including the track “Pamojja” from his 2016 album “This is Me”. Katumwa describes his music as Jazz with an East African flavour. He does not want to conform to the traditional definitions of how the genre should sound like, and deliberately incorporates his African roots into his work. This seems to have worked well for him as his unique brand of jazz has won him many a fan in Africa, Europe, America and beyond. A strong believer in God, Katumwa credits Him with having brought him to this point in life, and hence incorporates his Christian faith into his music. He also dearly loved his late mother, to whom he used to dedicate the song “Wind Beneath My Wings” by Bette Midler which he would play during the shows in which she happened to be in the audience. He is married to Sheila Katumwa with whom he has two sons. Isaiah Katumwa doesn’t believe he has arrived where he is going, leaving God to lead him to whatever his destiny is.

From obscurity to fame, Isaiah Katumwa’s journey to stardom is one worthy of any celebrity. Raised by a single mother, Katumwa taught himself to play the saxophone when he was young. Because his mother could not afford to raise him by herself, she often sent him to stay with various relatives to help her contribute to his education and well-being. He says that whenever his relatives got tired of him he would go back to live with his mother and help her dig, and it is these times spent with his mother that he most treasures in his memory. In school Katumwa excelled in music, dance and drama and played the trumpet among other things, but it was his first saxophone – obtained from one of his many guardians – that was to change his life forever. The instrument was broken but he nonetheless taught himself how to play it, and was soon listening to classic jazz hits by the likes of Kenny G in order to perfect his craft. Katumwa is now one of the best-selling Jazz artistes in East and Central Africa, and has shared the stage with greats such as Hugh Masekela, Miriam Makeba, Manu Dibango and Angelique Kidjo. 97

Stephen Kiprotich (Kip) Olympic Medallist and World Champion

Born in the Kapchorwa District, near the UgandaKenya border, Kip, as he is popularly known, is a marathon champion, having won gold at the 2012 London Olympics, and a gold at the 2013 World Championships in Athletics in Moscow. He is the second person, after Gezahegne Abera, to follow an Olympic marathon gold medal with a world championship gold medal for the same event. The 2012 Olympic medal was the first for Uganda since 1996, the first Olympic gold medal for the country since 1972 when Akii Bua, a police officer, won the 400m hurdles; and the country’s first ever in the marathon. Kiprotich who was a Prisons Warder at the time of winning the 2012 medal was immediately promoted to Assistant Superintendent of Prisons, jumping seven ranks at once, the first of its nature in the Service: “We are promoting you to that position because you did Uganda proud, you brought honor to the Uganda Prisons Service... We recognize that you are going to hob nob with 98

the rich and famous of this world and therefore we only find it befitting to elevate you to that status,” The Daily Monitor one of the local dailies quoted the Commissioner General of Prisons at the time. When he won the 2013 medal, he was rewarded with another rank, another first in the service, for an officer to receive simultaneous promotions for his outstanding performance in sports: “For this outstanding achievement of being a double world champion, the second man in the world to hold those two championships, he was duly promoted from the rank of Assistant Superintendent of Prisons to the rank of Superintendent of Prisons.” Quoted New Vision, another daily.

We recognize that you are going to hob nob with the rich and famous of this world and therefore we only find it befitting to elevate you to that status.

Nakaayi and Cheptegei Uganda’s First IAAF Double Golds

Joshua Cheptegei The 2019 International Association of Athletics Federations (IAAF) World Athletics Championships in Qatar saw Uganda register its first ever more than one gold, placing her in ninth position with the Netherlands, and third position in Africa after Kenya and Ethiopia. This stellar performance was occasioned by Halimah Nakaayi and Joshua Cheptegei who both won golds in 800m and 10,000m respectively. Nakaayi whose only previous big meet medal was at the All Africa Games in August 2019 where she took bronze, registered a new national record time of 1:58:04. This feat made her the second Ugandan woman after Dorcus Inzikuru (2005) to emerge champion at the biennial event. Cheptegei, a Police Officer posted the national best ever at the Worlds of 26:48:36. He had earlier in April 2018 won double golds in 10,000m and 5,000 at the Commonwealth Games in Australia earning himself a promotion from the rank of Special Police Constable to Inspector of Police. This win also made him the first Ugandan male 10,000m champion. The previous 10,000m titles had been won by only four countries: Italy, Kenya, Ethiopia and Great Britain, but Uganda joined the list with Cheptegei’s win. Cheptegei wrapped up the best calendar year performance ever by a Ugandan Athlete by breaking the 10km World Record (WR) of 26:38 at the Valencia Trinidad Alfonso race in Spain on 1st December 2019; the previous Record of 26:44 having been set nine years ago. This was the second WR Cheptegai was setting after the 15km best time in Nijmegen, Netherlands in 2018.

Halimah Nakaayi 99

Denis Onyango Ugandan Skipper

FC in the 90s. He owes much of his growth to former Cranes coach Milutin “Micho” Sredojevic who first spotted the big and tall young man play against his SC Villa side in a friendly game. It was the same Micho who would lure Onyango to Ethiopia with him after his stint with the titlewinning Villa team. Nicknamed “Mr. Safe Hands”, Onyango went on to have successful spells with Super Sport United in South Africa – with which he won three consecutive PSL titles – Black Aces, Bidvest Wits and, to-date, Mamelodi Sundowns – the current PSL championship holders. It is hard to tell what the future holds for this supremely talented athlete from Busia: he still harbours dreams of one day playing in Europe or Asia; and if he could never have foreseen where fate would take him as a little boy, who is to say now that such aspirations are not valid? One thing remains certain though: if he keeps up the kind of performances that have put him among the very best in the world, the spotlight will remain on him and, by extension, on Uganda. Onyango in action for PSL champions Mamelodi Sundowns On the 4th of September 2016 Uganda beat Comoros by a solitary goal at Mandela National Stadium to qualify for the 2017 Africa Cup of Nations for the first time in 39 years. Between the posts for the Uganda Cranes; the country’s national team, was the tall and reassuring figure of Denis Masinde Onyango who had conceded only two goals in six matches on the country’s journey back to the top of African football. Four months later, at the CAF awards in Abuja, Nigeria, he was named Africa’s footballer of the year, an accolade no Ugandan had won before. He was also named by the International Federation of Football History and Statistics as one of the world’s top 10 goalkeepers for his achievements with his national and club team, the latter – Mamelodi Sundowns of South Africa had won both the South African Premier Soccer League and the CAF Champions League of 2016. These accolades would perhaps have been scarcely believable to a teenage Onyango, just starting out his professional career at Nsambya 100

Phiona Mutesi Chess Player for a Christian sports initiative, and the lure of free porridge that he used was enough to make her come back again and again. By 2009, at the age of 13, Phiona was already on Uganda’s children’s chess team and competed in that year’s tournament in Sudan. She quickly grabbed the attention of journalist Tim Crothers, and in 2012 he flew to Katwe to capture her story. His book “The Queen of Katwe: A Story of Life, Chess, and One Extraordinary Girl’s Dream of Becoming a Grandmaster” was so inspiring that it was selected for an international award, was favourably reviewed by the Washington Post, and in 2016 was finally adapted into a movie by Disney, starring Lupita Nyong’o, David Oyelowo and Madina Nalwanga. On April 5th 2013 she was hosted by legendary TV mogul Oprah Winfrey and became the first Ugandan in history to be hosted on the show. She was awarded the chess title “Woman Candidate Master” in 2012 for her performance in the 40th Chess Olympiad in Istanbul. She currently resides with her mother in a lush valley outside of Kampala, while she studies in a boarding school in Katwe, pursuing her dream of becoming a doctor in the future and, one day hopefully, a grandmaster.

From Pawn to Queen, From Katwe to Disney.

Ugandan chess prodigy Phiona Mutesi became a worldwide sensation in 2016 when her story, first told in a 2012 book written by journalist Tim Crothers, made it to the big screen in the Disney movie “Queen of Katwe”. Phiona’s unlikely rise to fame began deep in the dark and filthy alleyways of Kampala’s biggest slum: Katwe. Phiona does not know the exact date of her birth. Her mother guesses it was some time in 1996. Her father died of AIDS when she was three years old, and was soon followed by her older sister. The family was so poor that by the time Phiona learnt how to play chess they were sleeping on the street. Trying to make money by selling boiled maize on the street, Phiona discovered the game that would change her life when she secretly followed her brother in the hope that he would lead her to a meal. She discovered a shelter that was run by Richard Katende who was working

Phiona Mutesi, whose early chess life was portrayed in the 2016 film and 2012 book Queen of Katwe represents Northwest University of Kirkland, Washington in Columbus, Ohio 101

Jolly Okot Nobel Peace Prize Nominee

Okot-Andruville’s commitment to protect and educate children led to her nickname, “Mama Jolly,” pronounced Jo-Lee. It also earned her the Nobel Peace Prize nomination in 2005. “I did not know what the Nobel Peace Prize was,” she said with a laugh. It was the harshness of Jolly Okot’s early war-ravaged life in Northern Uganda that inspired her to bring support and advocacy to displaced persons and formerly abducted women and girls by founding Wend Africa. Following her captivity, Okot went back to school with the realization that an education was her best chance for bringing about change in her country. In 2001, she was offered a new life in the United States but declined, because she felt she had been blessed to return to her family and an obligation to help other women and children who never received schooling regain what they could of their lives. Okot has since dedicated herself to working with communities affected by the major changes Uganda has gone through, leaving citizens, especially women and children, extremely vulnerable. At the height of war in Uganda, Okot consulted on the documentary Invisible Children, leading her to assume the role of Director and Ambassador of Invisible Children Uganda and East and Central African Republic. In this position, she developed many successful programs, 102

including the Legacy Scholarship, which placed 5,000 girls in school, oversaw the construction of 11 government schools, and aided in rural economic development. Today she oversees operations for Wend Africa, the nonprofit organization she founded which helps women who have been affected by the war in Northern Uganda. Wend Africa provides these women with full time jobs making high quality, fashionable bags and other crafts. Beyond this, the women are given legal services, personal development, health support, and advanced training in tailoring and finance. Through product sales, the seamstresses have become economically stable. They are able to care for their children and grow as leaders within their families and communities. Okot, an amazing visionary and leader, believes that more directives for female empowerment will spawn community development and offer coming generations the chance for peace and less vulnerability. To date, Wend Africa has assisted countless vulnerable women and children. The primary goal of Wend Africa is to remain a women led organization that ensures employment for more women. Her aim is to expand and strengthen Wend Africa so that girls growing up in similar dynamics can lead more fulfilling lives, which in turn will strengthen Uganda as a whole. www.wendafrica.com

James Mulwana Entrepreneur Dairy Limited to process and package the milk and milk products. In 1994 Mulwana established a horticultural farm in Nsimbe with a German partner and 2002 he established Jesa Investments Limited, a commercial property development company. ‘Quite apart from being a business dynamo, James Mulwana was a pillar of corporate governance, an accredited diplomat, a beacon of philanthropy, a mentor, a trendsetter and an effective sectoral organiser. He was transparent and responsible. He was unfailingly punctual. James Mulwana managed to scale the heights of economic and social success yet remained modest and down to earth. He was an adviser and confidante to Kings and Presidents yet he addressed manual labourers with unfeigned politeness. He had a pleasant temperament and was the epitome of balanced judgment. He sought to unify and amplify the basic qualities that make us all human.’ wrote David F. K. Mpanga in Daily Monitor, a Ugandan Daily.

A Ugandan mother bathing her child in a large, green basin; a group of village women carrying yellow jerry cans of water back home; a young boy and his sister at breakfast taking milk in blue and red plastic cups... different people in different areas at different times… all connected through one person. Nice House of Plastics has been the leading producer of plastic products, the crowning work of Mr. James Mulwana. Born on 24th July 1936, Mulwana started out as a newspaper salesman, and proceeded to do managerial work at a night club where he was famously fired by his employer at 3 a.m. He was to later recount that he was grateful for this incident because he resolved never to work for anyone again. Having tried his hand at various exploits including exporting textiles with little success, he teamed up with a British entrepreneur (Chloride UK) in the battery manufacturing business and his endeavours started to pay off. What would later become Uganda Batteries Limited was established in the early 70s with 55% British and 45% Ugandan ownership. During the expulsion of foreigners by President Idi Amin in 1972, Mulwana’s business partners left the country, leaving him as the sole proprietor of what became the biggest battery manufacturer in the country. Mulwana then established House of Plastics Limited, which manufactures toothbrushes, household plastic products, pens, packaging, and agricultural equipment. In 1988 he established Jesa Mixed farm with 550 Fresian Cows and in 1994 established Jesa Farm

Regarding one of his key attributes, respect for workers, he is quoted as having said: ‘‘they are not my labourers but key partners in business’’ in response to the question as to why he pampered his staff. Such was the shrewd businessman, who rose to meteoric heights in Uganda’s business environment. He took part in the rebirth of the Uganda Manufacturers Association and the Private Sector Foundation while being an inspiration to many people around him. Mulwana suffered from health complications on 14th of January 2013 and passed away in the morning of 15th January 2013 at Nakasero Hospital at the age of 76. He was buried in his hometown of Masiriba Village, Mityana District. His businesses, established solidly, continue to thrive to this day and his legacy is firmly embedded in the economic bedrock of Uganda. The business empire he left, Mulwana Group of Companies, is managed by his widow, Sarah, and children who clearly followed in his footpath. The daughter, Barbara Mulwana is the current chairperson of Uganda Manufacturers Association, an industrial lobbying and advisory association that brings together Ugandan manufacturers and industries. 103

The Three Papal Visits to Uganda Uganda has to date had three Papal visits making it the first African country to host three reigning Popes. These include Pope Paul VI in July 1969; Pope John Paul II in February 1993; and Pope Francis in November 2015. POPE PAUL VI The “kikapu” In March 1969, Archbishop Emmanuel Kiwanuka Nsubuga of Kampala Archdiocese travelled to the Vatican in order to carry out a fundraising for the soon-to-be-built Namugongo Martyrs Shrine. He took with him a “kikapu” (suitcase) which he had jokingly said would keep whatever money he was offered. In his audience with Pope Paul VI, he told him about the Uganda Martyrs and asked the Pontiff to bless his kikapu after which His Holiness donated UGX 140,000 (a lot of money at that time) to the building of the Namugongo Martyrs Shrine. Taken aback by this generosity, Archbishop Nsubuga asked the Pope to come to Uganda and lay the foundation stone for the shrine. He received no response. A surprising development Later that month, on the feast of St. Joseph (March 19th) during the Mass at the Basilica of St. Peter, to everyone’s shock, the Pope announced that he would visit Uganda later that year: the very first visit of a sitting Pontiff to Africa. The head of the Vatican Finance Committee, which organized the Pope’s visits abroad, Archbishop Paul Marcinkus, told the media, “It’s easier to organize a trip to the moon than a trip for the Pope to Africa!” On July 31st 1969 the East African Airlines Super VC10, accompanied by four jet fighters, touched down at Entebbe Airport at exactly 3pm local time and 13 minutes later its doors opened to the sound of ululation and jubilation from the crowds as the Roman Pontiff stepped foot on Ugandan soil. He was received by President Apollo Milton Obote and his wife Miria Obote; Presidents Julius Nyerere (Tanzania), Kenneth Kauda (Zambia), Dr. Gregoire Kayibanda (Rwanda), Michel Micombero (Burundi) and representatives of Joseph Mobutu (Zaire, now Democratic Republic of Congo), Yakub Gowon (Nigeria) and Emeka Ojukwu (a rebel leader of the breakaway state of Biafra, Nigeria). Cardinal Laurean Rugambwa and Archbishop Emmanuel Kiwanuka Nsubuga were also there to shake his hand. He was transported through throngs of jubilant locals who ululated and shouted in joy at his presence. He resided at the Papal Nuncio’s residence during his three-day stay and visited the State House, Parliament, Rubaga Cathedral, Nsambya Parish, Mulago Hospital and the spot of Charles Lwanga and companions’ martyrdom at Namugongo, where he gave his blessing and laid the foundation stone for the Namugongo Martyrs Shrine whose construction was soon to be commenced, finalising the event with Mass. Pope Paul VI had canonized the martyrs four years earlier. The martyrs were burnt alive in the 1880s on the orders of King Mwanga II of Buganda Kingdom who was alarmed about the growing influence of Christianity. He departed the country on the 2nd of August 1969, leaving Uganda with the privilege of being the first African country to be visited by a sitting Roman Pontiff. Uganda was the only African country Pope Paul VI visited during his 15 year reign. 104

Pope Paul VI with Ugandan President Milton Obote

POPE JOHN PAUL II On the 5th of February 1993, Uganda made history by becoming the first African country to host two different Roman Pontiffs. Following in the footsteps of his predecessor Pope Paul VI, Pope John Paul II landed at Entebbe Airport that Friday and, though seemingly tired, managed to bow and kiss the Ugandan soil before being welcomed by H.E. President Yoweri Museveni and his wife, Janet. The Pontiff made visits around the country in order to limit the number of people flocking to Kampala and also to maximise the number of people that could see him. He visited Gulu district as a representative of the North and attracted people from Lira, Apac, Kitgum and as far as West Nile; Soroti as a representative of the East and Kasese for the West. On 7th February 1993 during his Mass at Namugongo he elevated the Namugongo Martyrs Shrine to the status of a Minor Basilica, the first in the country. He departed three days later on the 10th of February 1993.

Pope John Paul II is welcomed by Emmanuel Cardinal Wamala and other Uganda diginitaries in 1993 105

POPE FRANCIS On the evening of Friday 27th November 2015, following an invitation from the previous year of H.E Yoweri Kaguta Museveni, Pope Francis landed at Entebbe Airport on a historic day that saw Uganda become the first African country to host three Roman Pontiffs. His Holiness Pope Francis came to Uganda to commemorate with Ugandans the 50th anniversary of the canonization of the Uganda Martyrs.

Pope Francis tours the Uganda Martyrs’ Museum located at the Anglican Shrine in Namugongo with the Archbishop of the Church of Uganda (Anglican), Stanley Ntagali 106

Extensive repairs were done on the Uganda Matyrs Mini-Basilica with support from Government. The shrine attracts thousands of pilgrims every year especially on the holiday set aside for this event on 3rd June. The Pope came to the country as part of his African tour that would see him visit Kenya and the Central African Republic as well. He was welcomed by the President and the First Lady at State House where he

Pope Francis is received by H.E President Yoweri K. Museveni and First Lady Janet Museveni at Entebbe International Airport

Pope Francis celebrates Mass at the Uganda Martyrs Shrine Namugongo

made a courtesy visit, after which he visited the Martyrs Shrine at Munyonyo. Pope Francis also visited the Anglican Martyrs Shrine in Namugongo where he unveiled the dedication stone at the newly constructed Uganda Martyrs Museum, before proceeding to say Mass at the Catholic Shrine. Accompanied by His Excellency President Museveni, the Pontiff celebrated mass in front of 300,000 people. At his arrival cheers, chants and dance erupted with people shouting ‘Papa’. The Pontiff also spoke to the youth of the country at the Kololo Independence grounds where he encouraged them to be active in their country and not to sit back. Pope Francis left the country on the 29th of November, heading to the Central African Republic, the final stop in his tour of Africa, leaving Uganda as one of the most fortunate countries on the continent, having been blessed with the special privilege of hosting three different sitting Popes.

Aerial View of Namugongo Uganda Martyrs Grounds 107

CHAPTER 1

FINANCE, PLANNING AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

108

THE REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

109

Industrialization for job creation and shared prosperity Hon. Matia Kasaija Minister of Finance, Planning and Economic Development The Vision 2040 has put Uganda on a clear path to becoming a high income Country by 2040, and this is implemented through a five-year National Development Plan (NDPs). Currently in the final year of the Second National Development Plan (NDPII), we are consolidating the gains we have made in strengthening the Country’s competitiveness for sustainable wealth creation, employment and inclusive growth. The areas of focus to achieve the Country’s aspirations and plans are Agriculture, Tourism, Minerals, Oil and Gas, Infrastructure Development and Human Capital Development. Achievements have been made in these areas, and investment opportunities are still vast. We recognize the important role that the private sector plays. Investment has increased by an average of 15% per annum in the last 16 years and averaged 21.3% of GDP. This is a result of prioritising development of the necessary infrastructure, and the enabling legal, regulatory and institutional framework. Markets were liberalised in all key sectors: foreign exchange, financial and commodity among others, as well as the tax system that was reformed to attract more Foreign Direct Investment. The external trade regime was also liberalized with the removal of all non-tariff barriers to imports, and the reduction and rationalization of tariffs.

The recently commissioned Entebbe Expressway

The regional blocs are a very important aspect of Uganda’s development process. The East African Community (EAC) to which Uganda belongs since it was reinstated in 2000 is the fastest growing economic bloc in Africa, with growth projected at 6.2% in 2019, increasing from 5.9% in 2018. The EAC therefore continues to be the largest destination for Uganda’s exports; registering growth in trade surplus every year. Rising incomes in Africa have increased demand for exports within African countries themselves. Uganda’s trade with other African countries is increasing, and amounted to 59% of total goods exported in 2018. The Africa Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA) Agreement which went into force on 30th May 2019 is a great opportunity for trade on the continent and we are excited about it as a nation. Throughout this publication you will read about the numerous investment opportunities arising out of the Country’s vast resources and enabling environment. For the discerning tourist, we hope you will be attracted by some of the beautiful sights, culture and facilities showcased that should make your stay a memorable one. For God and My Country. 110

Picking tea leaves in the Rwenzori Highlands

Uganda’s economic growth outlook is favourable for investment and socioeconomic transformation Keith Muhakanizi Permanent Secretary/Secretary to the Treasury The Government of Uganda continues to work towards its cherished goal of a high income status through interventions targeted at inclusive growth and socio-economic transformation. As such, substantial progress has been made in the last nine years of implementing the National Development Plans I and II. Over the past four years, annual economic growth average has been 5.3%. With progress in economic growth, average income of Ugandans has increased to US$ 825 per person in 2019 from US$ 751 in 2015, notwithstanding increase in the population of 4 million people currently estimated at 39 million. Domestic prices remain stable with inflation at 3.4% in FY 2018/2019 due to increased food supply, a relatively stable exchange rate and effective monetary and fiscal policies. The quality of Uganda’s labour force has dramatically improved, with the proportion of labour force with tertiary education increasing from 7.5% in 2013 to 13.6% in 2017. In addition, the annual growth in formal employment has averaged 9.8% between 2010 and 2017, higher than the average growth of the economy during the same period. The structure of the economy has changed. The share of industry in the economy is now 21% compared to 11.3% in 1986, and grew at a rate of 5.8% in 2018/2019. Many new factories have been opened, and the proportion of Ugandan products in supermarkets

The elegant Giraffes seen in most of Uganda's National Parks like Kidepo, Murchison Falls and Mburo has increased from 15% to 45% targeted to reach 50% in 2020. Services have increased to 48.7% from 32% over the same period (1986 to date), growing at a rate of 7.2% in FY 2018/2019 largely due to tourism, therefore the hospitality industry. Export performance has been excellent, with diversification leading to non-traditional cash crops earning Uganda US$ 2.84 billion by mid 2019, compared to the traditional cash crops, which earned US$ 0.79 billion. Trade with our East Africa Community partners is increasingly generating surplus. Private sector credit grew by 6.1% between July and December 2018 with Trade and Construction sectors receiving the largest share of credit, at 20.1% and 19.8%, respectively. Credit to Agriculture has registered the highest growth, though it still remains low, at only 12.9% of total credit extended as at December 2018.

Graduation Ceremony at Makerere University, Uganda's oldest University rated the fifth best in Africa in 2019

At Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development, we pledge to build on these significant gains for socio-economic transformation of Uganda. To achieve this, the Domestic Revenue Mobilization Strategy (DRMS) targets a revenue-to-GDP ratio of 16% over the medium-term. In the long-term, the desired revenue-to-GDP ratio is 18-20%. 111

The Under Secretary and Accounting Officer, Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development, Ms. Betty Kasimbazi

THE REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

Rebranding Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development #Doing More A brand is the perception-difference between what an institution or organization promises and the extent to which it is seen to deliver on that promise; that is, the meeting of public expectations. How people, both within and without, think and feel about an institution is the measure of its brand credibility. The thoughts and feelings that MoFPED invokes among its staff members, other Ministries, Departments, Agencies, Local Governments (collectively referred to as MDA-LGs) as well as among Ugandans and Development Partners is the measure of its brand essence. This implies that the most vital but intangible asset of MoFPED is its public image or brand. Against that background, MoFPED undertook an important task of rebranding itself with the following in mind; 1. Define the Ministry in a manner and language that makes it easy for its staff members, MDALGs, Development Partners and the general public to appreciate its mandate, belief system, challenges and services; the approachability and credibility factor. 2. Enable the Ministry to identify and deliver a single-minded ethic-system (set of applicable values), institutional-promise and tagline that every staff member can work towards 112

Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development Headquarters in Kampala

The Hon. Minister of Finance, Planning and Economic Development planting trees with the pupils and staff of Kiswa Primary School in Kampala, one of the Budget Week activities achieving on a daily basis; the leading-byexample champion factor. 3. Shift mindsets towards public service excellence by constant engagement of staff members through various channels using innovative non-traditional motivators like nurture, training, attitudes, expectations, pride, social support, and self-management among others; the responsive factor. 4. Develop a refreshed graphics ‘look and feel’ that presents the Ministry in a way that enables both the staff members, external stakeholders and the general public to have confidence in the visible internal transformation and institutional promise being made by the Ministry; the differentiation and visibility factor.

The Ministry has been able to achieve the following rebranding outcomes; 1. Acquired a new ‘look and feel’ complete with a tagline #Doing More. 2. Revised and sharpened MoFPED’s vision statement. 3. Conducted Service Excellence Mindset Training Sessions for all its staff members. 4. Organized a series of community outreach activities for MoFPED staff under the “Budget Week” brand name. 5. Organized the National Budget Day in a unique, lively and technologically amplified way. Supported by a Mindset Specialist, the Ministry is now focusing on entrenching the #Doing More mindset through a Change Target Program that challenges each Staff Member, Department and Directorate to set and achieve clear targets aimed at Public Service Excellence. 113

THE UGANDAN ECONOMY THE REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

114

Uganda is expected to be one of the fastest growing economies by the year 2025 according to a study carried out by Harvard University in 2017. This growth projection is founded on prudent economic management, the potential to reap from the demographic divide as one of the fastest growing populations worldwide, commencement of oil production in 2020 and the multi-billion-dollar public infrastructure program that is being implemented.

Agriculture remains the backbone of the economy

115

1. Growth Trends GDP averaged at 6.8% in the 1990s and consolidated to an average of 8% per annum during the years 2000 to 2011. Growth between 2012 and 2017 dropped to an average of 4.5% per annum due to domestic and external factors ranging from the global financial crisis of 2008 due to adverse weather. The economy revived impressively growing at 5.8% in the financial year 2017/18 and 6.1% in 2018/2019, performing above the average sub-Saharan levels.

2. Structure of the Economy The economy has transitioned from having the agriculture sector contributing over 60%, industry 10% and services 30% in the 1980s, to currently services contributing 50%, agriculture 25% and industry 22%. There has been significant diversification in exports reducing reliance on primary commodities such as coffee. The share of non-coffee earnings had risen to 86% in 2016. Non coffee exports include flowers, fish & fish products, tea, cocoa, base metal products and cement among others. Sorting ripe organinc coffee. Coffee remains one of Uganda's major exports and foreign exchange earner

Government has put in place legal, institutional and policy measures to manage the Oil and Gas revenues in a manner that will develop other sources of wealth creation

116

Kampala City Centre by Night

3. Prices Uganda is a strong proponent of price stability as evidenced by the reigning in on inflation to an average of less than 5%. The effectiveness of the monetary policy and commitment to prudent financial management has led to stable prices. In fact; the Bank of Uganda Governor, Professor Emmanuel Mutebile has on two occasions been awarded the best Central Bank Governor in Africa: in 2011 he was awarded by the African Banker and in 2013 by the Africa Investment Group.

4. Financial Sector A number of regulatory reforms have been implemented through amending the Financial Institutions Act 2004. These amendments have paved the way for agency banking, Islamic banking, bank-assurance (insurance companies using banks to sell their products) and Credit Reference Bureau services among others; reducing operational costs of commercial banks. Creation of a standalone Deposit Protection Fund and the requirement for commercial banks to hold more capital offers greater protection for account holders. Money laundering and terrorist financing is being managed by the Financial Intelligence Authority following the enactment of the Anti-Money Laundering Act 2013. The Tier IV Microfinance Institutions and Moneylenders Act (2016) is in place to protect deposits and limit predatory lending practices. The use of movable assets as collateral for loans has also been facilitated with the enactment of the Security Interest in Movable Property Act, 2019. In the stock market, the Uganda Securities Exchange recently automated the trading system leading to efficiency in transactions. An investor online portal, a self-service platform that allows investors to view stock performance, monitor their account balance and view statements was also established. In a bid to support the private sector from within the financial system, government will gradually reduce domestic borrowing over the medium term to less than 1% of GDP; provide affordable credit through the Microfinance Support Centre to Small and Medium Enterprises; and continue to capitalize the Uganda Development Bank.

5. Public Financial Management The enactment of the Public Finance Management Act 2015 and the complementary Charter for Fiscal Responsibility that spells out the rules and regulations to ensure fiscal policy supports macroeconomic stability. Over the last decade, the overall budget deficit has averaged 3.8% which is in line with international standards on sustainable deficits. 117

The 183MW Isimba Hydro Power Project commissioned in March 2019 is located 4km downstream of Simba Falls on the River Nile, approximately 50km downstream of the Source of the Nile

6. Investment and International Trade Uganda is land-linked with most of the countries in the East African Community (EAC) making it an economic regional hub. As a member of the EAC, Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA), the African Union (AU) and the World Trade Organization (WTO); Uganda has access to markets in Africa and beyond. The EAC region alone gives Uganda access to a market of more than 150 million people, with a combined GDP of US$146 billion. The scope for investment is broad; including but not limited to food processing, construction, real estate, small manufacturing, tourism and hospitality, transport, trading, communication, and energy among others. This peace and security provides a suitable environment for investment. 118

The investment and trade environment is liberalized where 100% foreign holding is permissible. A One-Stop Centre for business registration and licensing has been created providing faster, more user friendly and more reliable services for investors. Currently this platform provides Business Name Search, Business Name Reservation, Environment Impact Assessment, Investment license and Land title verification. Uganda is an open economy with respect to international trade; with the ratio of exports plus imports of goods and services to GDP rising to about 46% in 2017 from about 34% in 2001. This level of trade openness has high prospects of increasing even further, underpinned by the country’s long term development agenda and the ability to attract Foreign Direct Investment.

7. Economic Growth Strategy Government’s economic growth strategy is hinged on ensuring shared prosperity where benefits of growth reach all Ugandans by providing opportunities to create wealth and earn higher incomes. The current strategy includes rapid industrialization, high productivity in agriculture and nurturing the tourism, minerals, and oil and gas sectors.

8. Industrialization Government has successfully laid the foundation for Uganda’s industrialization. The key bottlenecks such as inadequate electricity and transportation infrastructure, the lack of basic education and health, have to a large extent been addressed. 119

Consequently, the manufacturing sector is able to meet domestic demand for basic products like cement, tiles, light steel products, and consumables such as sugar and soap. The next phase of manufacturing is to produce goods for export, and replace imports. The Iron and Steel industry now has 24 steel industries and its installed capacity has doubled to 1.7 million tons per annum. The Cement industry has expanded to five cement factories; more than doubling annual production to 4.43 million tons. Uganda’s industrialization process in the future has accordingly been designed based on two strategic pillars. The first strategic pillar provides developed and serviced areas, where industrial production for several enterprises takes place. The plan involves building fully planned and serviced Industrial Parks in 22 locations across the country; Industrial Parks will house medium and large scale industries.

Internet costs will be reduced through the implementation of the new national broad band policy

Accordingly, one private and three public Industrial Parks are already operational at Kapeeka, Namanve, Luzira and Bweyogerere. The Namanve Industrial Business Park already boasts of 33 operational factories, 87 factories are under construction and 120 are at pre-investment stage. At the Luzira Industrial and Business Park, nine (9) industrial plants are operational. The Bweyogerere Industrial Park has four (4) operational industrial plants. The private park (Lio Shen Industrial Park at Kapeeka), where Government is providing infrastructure, five (5) factories out of the targeted 10 are operational: the Ho and Mu Food Technology

Working age group awards Uganda Software Engineer, Brian Gitta - Wins Africa Prize For Innovation 120

Government has successfully laid the foundation for Uganda’s industrialization

Industrial Parks being built across the country

(U) Ltd which dries fruit for export, and Goodwill Ceramics (U) Co. Ltd which manufactures tiles using more than 90% of local inputs. Development of the Mbale, Soroti, Iganga, Mbarara and Jinja Industrial Parks is on-going. Other Industrial Parks will also be developed by providing basic infrastructure including roads, electricity, water and information technology and communications infrastructure. 14 Free Zones to promote exports have also been licensed in Arua, Jinja, Kalungu, Mpigi, Mukono, Wakiso, Tororo, Kampala, and Buikwe. Under the Free Zones Authority, a feasibility study is being undertaken to establish a free zone at Entebbe Airport. The second strategic pillar supports the development of Product Value Chains which link nucleus entrepreneurs to out-grower farmers. These Product Value Chains permit marketing of agricultural products, agro-processing for value addition, as well as the efficient provision of finance and other inputs of production. Product Value Chains in agro-industry in Citrus Fruit, Vegetable Oil and Dairy have already been established.

The next phase of manufacturing is to produce goods for export, and replace imports

9. Minerals, Oil and Gas The geo-data shows a wide range of mineral deposits most of which are under-exploited: Gold, Diamond, Beryllium, Salt, High Grade Tin, Glass Sand, Iron-ore, Kaolin, Vermiculite, Phosphates, Uranium, Tungsten, Cobalt, Gypsum, Clay and rare earth elements. In order to strengthen the performance of the minerals subsector, Government has among other interventions undertaken the following: i. Enactment of a new legal, fiscal and regulatory framework for the mining industry; ii. Establishment of a mineral certification system to increase mineral products trade and to gain global competitiveness; iii. Extension of the National Seismological Network by at least two (2) stations per year to strengthen earthquake monitoring; iv. Operationalization of the Mineral Protection Police Unit to curb illegal mining; and v. Biometric registration of all Artisanal and Small scale Miners (ASMs). 121

Chobe Lodge along the Nile in Murchison Falls National Park

Government has put in place legal, institutional and policy measures to manage the oil and gas revenues in a manner that will develop other sources of wealth creation. A number of important steps towards facilitating oil production have been taken: i. Development and implementation of the Refinery Project: The Lead Investor, the Albertine Graben Refinery Consortium (AGRC) in partnership with Government is carrying out engineering designs for the Oil Refinery, after which construction will commence; ii. Construction of the Crude Oil Pipeline is expected to commence in 2020; iii. Construction of Hoima Airport in the Albertine Graben commenced in January 2018 and is expected to be completed in 2020; iv. Contracting for the 600 km of Oil Roads infrastructure critical for the production of oil is being completed; and v. To promote local content in the Oil and Gas Sector, government has put in place the necessary regulations.

10. Tourism Uganda, the ‘Pearl of Africa’ as christened by British Prime Minister Winston Churchill in 1907, is a major global tourist destination. In 2017, Uganda was named the fourth best tourist destination by 122

Rough Guides; a leading travel publisher, among the top five tourist destinations in the world by National Geographic & Lonely Planet to mention a few accolades. The tourist attractions based on high biodiversity and the fact that it is a confluence of many ecological zones makes Uganda unique. Uganda lies astride the equator and thus has favourable weather throughout the year ranging from warm in the lowlands and cool in the highlands. The average altitude is 1,100 metres (3,609ft) above sea level: Mt Rwenzori, (5109m) and Elgon (4321m), the third and eighth highest mountains in Africa respectively provide unique experiences for mountain climbing with spectacular sceneries including more than 20 highland lakes. Lake Victoria, one of the largest lakes in the world and the source of the River Nile; the second longest river in the world are key attractions for tourists. The ecosystems range from the snow-capped peaks of the Rwenzori Mountains, the Virunga Volcanoes and Mount Elgon to high altitude montane forests, the open waters of Lakes Victoria, Albert and others, to the islands of Lake Victoria and Bunyonyi. The Albertine rift in the western part of the country; where oil has been discovered, harbors more species of vertebrates than any other region in Africa. This region also shelters more than half of Africa’s bird species, representing 10% of the world’s bird population.

Giant Groundsels and Lobelia in the Rwenzori Mountains

Uganda proudly offers a variety of wildlife within 10 National Parks and a number of reserves. Three of the National Parks were gazetted world heritage sites by UNESCO; and two of them; Bwindi Impenetrable National Park, home to half of the world’s remaining Mountain Gorillas in the south west, and Kidepo National Park in the North East ranked amongst the five top National Parks to visit in Africa by CNN travel magazine. Kibale National Park; home to endangered chimpanzees as listed by IUCN provides a lifetime opportunity for tracking of the 98.8% closest relative to man in the wild.

Mountain Gorilla

In addition to the wealth of flora and fauna, Uganda offers a wide range of other tourist attractions; the beautiful scenery throughout the Country, a cross section of cultural sites, historical sites, monuments and antiquities; with over

Crane Performers, a cultural dances troupe performs at at an event at State House. Uganda’s diverse cultural dances are part of the tourist attractions 123

Rwenzori three-horned chameleon

750 registered archaeological, paleontological, historical and traditional sites and cuisines that define the Country’s unique heritage. Ugandans, by culture are hospitable people and accord high level attention and hospitality to guests, with rich cultural dances from the diverse ethnic groups are a beauty to behold. The attractions and peace throughout the country increased investment in hospitality; especially accommodation and transport infrastructure, and good climatic conditions throughout the year have boosted tourism and significantly increased proceeds from the sector. It is estimated that tourism contributes 10% to National GDP. In 2018, foreign receipts from tourism reached US$1.02 billion, with 1.6 million international tourist arrivals being recorded. The government has continued to encourage private investment into the sector by putting in place some tax waivers on importation of hotel and recreation facilities among other incentives. Government is also promoting domestic tourism through the tulambule initiative which means lets tour.

11. Agriculture Agriculture remains the backbone of the economy. Uganda is endowed with fertile land that accounts for about 56% of the arable land in East Africa and thus has the capacity to feed its population and export to its neighbours and internationally. Agriculture presents huge investment opportunities in the form of large scale commercial farming in coffee, tea, cotton, grains, fish, floriculture, horticulture and dairy. The World Food Program elevated Uganda to a global food procurement hub capable of supplying grain to the East African region and beyond. To further facilitate investment in this sector, government has tax incentives in place aimed at persons and firms engaged in value addition. The recent actions Government has taken to support the sector include: i. Distribution of key planting, breeding and stocking materials; ii. Construction of medium sized irrigation schemes: Agoro (650ha) in Lamwo, Doho I (1000ha) in Butaleja, Mubuku I (516ha) in Kasese and Olweny (600ha) in Lira district; 124

The beautiful sandy beaches of Ssesse Islands in Lake Victoria

Zebras in Kidepo National Park 125

Organic Vegetable Growing is improving the livelihoods of farmers in the irrigation schemes established countrywide

iii. Construction of the major irrigation schemes: Doho II in Butaleja District; Mubuku II in Kasese District; Wadelai in Nebbi District; Torchi in Oyam District; Ngenge in Kween District; and Rwengaaju in Kabarole District; iv. Construction of small scale irrigation systems at Zonal Agricultural Research and Development Institutes (ZARDIs) at Pallisa, Bukedea, Katakwi, Tororo, Kamuli, Bugiri, Soroti, Abim, Kaabong and Mayuge Districts; v. Construction of solar-powered irrigation systems at seven Zonal

126

Agricultural Research and Development Institutes (ZARDIs) at Bulindi, Rwebitaba, Abi, Buginyanya, Nabiun, Mukono and Ngetta; vi. Regional mechanization centers were opened in South Western Region, at Buwama, and North Eastern Region, at Agwata; vii. Valley tanks have been constructed/rehabilitated in the droughtprone and cattle corridor districts countrywide. The number of valley tanks stands at 238 (2018) with total holding capacity of 9 million cubic meters;

viii. Distribution of tractors to farmers to boost mechanization: 280 distributed in financial year 2018/2019; and ix. The Agriculture Credit Facility has cumulatively disbursed Shs.332 billion (March, 2019) to 551 projects. This has facilitated establishment of large capacity agro-processing facilities, expansion of grain trade, warehousing and farm infrastructure.

12. Energy Infrastructure Total installed electricity generation capacity is now 1,200MW, with the completion of several hydropower generation projects. High Voltage Electricity transmission grid infrastructure now totals 2,258 km.

Fruit growing with irrigation to ensure all year supply. Uganda has an abundance of tropical fruits supported by the diverse fertile soil types countrywide

13. Information and Communication Technology The total optical fibre network covers 49% of all districts and the number of internet users stands at 18.8 million (2017) at a penetration rate of 45.4%. 297 Government services have been automated; 71 of these are being provided online. The automation of Government services has led to a reduction in processing times and an improvement in service delivery. Internet costs will be reduced through the implementation of the new national broad band policy. The policy will compel Telecommunication Companies to provide services to people countrywide. This will enhance improved service delivery both in Government and the Private Sector.

Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development 2-12 Apollo Kaggwa Road | P.O. Box 8147 Kampala, Uganda Tel: +256 414 707 000 | Email: finance@finance.go.ug www.finance.go.ug 127

CHAPTER 2

INVESTMENT

128

THE REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

129

REASONS TO INVEST IN UGANDA

Uganda has been continuously ranked as a leading investment destination because of its unique characteristics, incomparable beauty and magnificent climate. It has consistently attracted the highest levels of foreign direct investment in the region over the past years. The country aspires to transform its rural economy into a prosperous middle-income nation by 2040. “The Pearl of Africa”, a phrase that is still used to describe Uganda today is condensed with the best of everything the continent has to offer packed into one small but stunning destination. Here are 20 reasons to invest in Uganda:

1. Location: Strategically located at the heart of sub-Saharan Africa within the East African region astride the equator, Uganda has a population of almost 46 million. The country is bordered by Sudan in the north, Kenya in the east, Tanzania in the south, Rwanda in the southwest and the DRC in the west. This land-linked position makes the country a regional hub for trade and investment, as it provides a gateway into Central Africa and the Great Lakes region. It is also a member of COMESA with a population of 390 million. 2. Ease of business: It is easy to set up business through the One Stop Centre (OSC) for registration and licensing at the Uganda Investment Authority. The OSC also assists in tax advice and registration, immigration and work permit issues, as well as environmental compliance and approvals. Government is integrating all these into a One Stop Centre portal, eBiz (www.ebiz.go.ug). 3. Repatriation: The business operating environment allows the full repatriation of profits after the mandatory taxes have been paid, as well as 100% foreign ownership of private investments. 4. Open for investment: Uganda has a well regulated, highly liberalised economy in which all sectors are open for investment and there is free movement of capital to and from the country. 5. Safety: Security of investment is guaranteed by the constitution of the Republic of Uganda, the regulatory framework and international agreements signed by the government.

130

6. Big Brand presence: The returns on business are high. Visitors to this country will be pleasantly surprised to find that Ericsson, Toyota, Vodafone, Barclays Bank, Lafarge, CitiBank and India’s Tata, among many other international brands have made Uganda home for their regional business. 7. Tax incentives: The incentive regime is structurally embedded in the country’s tax laws making them non-discriminatory, accessible to both domestic and foreign investment depending on the sector and level of investment. 8. Returns: Return on investment is about 5% projected to increase to about 7% due to ongoing and planned infrastructural (roads, railway, energy) development. 9. Labour: Uganda’s labour is highly trainable, English speaking, has no labour tensions and the cost compares favourably in Africa. The literacy rate stands at 75% with 20,000 new college graduates per year. 10. Stability: Predictable and stable economic environment, growing on average at 5 to 7% per annum. This is due to effective macroeconomic policies that have maintained economic growth at an average of 6.5% and enabled the country to withstand external economic shocks during the global economic downturn from 2008 to 2011 - during which the economy still grew by 3%! 11. Stable inflation: Inflation has now stabilised at 6.6% after the global economic downturn against which the Uganda economy was resilient and continued to attract foreign direct investment.

12. Growth forecasts: The International Monetary Fund (IMF) forecasts “11 of the World’s fastest growing economies of over 5% (including Uganda) through to 2017, will be in Africa”.

19. Trade: Trading in Uganda provides the opportunity for duty and quota free access into China (quota free access for over 650 products), the USA (AGOA), Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) scheme and EU (EBA) markets.

13. Reform: The World Bank Doing Business Report 2016 recognises Uganda among the top reformers of the year, with only 24 of 189 economies receiving this recognition. Uganda attained 122nd position out of 189 economies - an improvement of 13 places from the previous year.

20. Investment incentives: Include duty-free import of plant and machinery; capital allowances of 50-75% on plant and machinery; allowances on expenditure on scientific research, training and mineral exploration of 100%; initial allowance on industrial buildings of 20%; depreciation rate for industrial buildings of 5%; and depreciation for other assets ranging from 20-40%.

14. Economic freedom: Uganda has been ranked highly over the years among the countries with economic freedom within sub-Saharan Africa by the Index of Economic Freedom. 15. Quality of life: Uganda’s quality of life is good. For foreign investors who want to live in Uganda, disruption to everyday life is minimal. There are international schools, hospitals and other social amenities available. Even those who enjoy fast food will be able to find a KFC or Pizza Hut somewhere in Kampala, Uganda! 16. Friendliness: Ugandans are a very warm and welcoming people, showing a genuine interest in visitors. 17. Leadership: The country’s political and economic environment has been consistently improving and stable since 1986. Under the leadership of H.E. Yoweri Kaguta Museveni, Uganda has been a stabilising force in the region, which has provided a secure environment for business to thrive. 18. Resources: Uganda is resource rich. There are significant commercial amounts of mineral resources as well as oil and gas, a relatively new industry. The soils are very fertile and the climate permits two cropping seasons per year.

131

Investment Opportunities Agriculture/Agribusiness

Uganda is among the leading producers of coffee, bananas, oil seed crops (sesame/simsim, soybean, sunflower, etc.), tea, organic cotton, tobacco, cereals, fresh fruit and vegetables, nuts, essential oils and flowers. Opportunities for investment exist in: • • • • • • •

Commercial farming, as well as aquaculture; Value addition (Agro-industries); Manufacturing of inputs (fertilizers, pesticides, etc.); Cold storage facilities and logistics; Farm machinery manufacturing and assembly; Packaging; Irrigation Schemes.

Tourism

The distinctive attraction of Uganda as a tourist destination arises from the variety of its game stock including the rare tree climbing lions of Ishasha, white rhinoceros, mountain gorillas, and elephants; and the unspoiled scenic beauty including forests, hills and mountains, rivers and lakes. Over 50% of the world’s known population of mountain gorillas live in Uganda. Uganda is also home to 11% of the world’s bird species (a total of 1060 bird species). 132

The opportunities in tourism range from constructing high-quality accommodation facilities, operating tours and travel circuits (bicycle tours, air balloon travel, marine – Lake Victoria and river rafting on the River Nile), to the development of specialised eco and community tourism systems, as well as faith-based tourism (pilgrimage to Namugongo – Uganda Martyrs, Mahatma Gandhi Statute and Bishop Hannington landing site on the Nile River).

Mining Over 80% of the country has been surveyed for mineral quantities. New geo-data shows that Uganda has large under-exploited mineral deposits of gold, oil, high grade tin, tungsten/wolfram, salt, beryllium, cobalt, kaolin, iron-ore, glass sand, vermiculite, phosphates, uranium and rare earth elements. There are also significant quantities of clay and gypsum. Gold occurs in many areas of the country, including Busia in the east, Buhweju and Kigezi in the west, Mubende – Kiboga in the central region and significant occurrences in Karamoja in the north east.

Investment opportunities exist in mining and mineral processing. Uganda provides special incentives to the mining sector with some capital expenditures being written off in full (www. energyandminerals.go.ug).

Oil and Gas Discovery of extractable quantities of oil and gas in the Lake Albert region has revived the sector. According to the Petroleum Exploration and Production Department, 21 oil and/or gas discoveries have been made in the country to date. Petroleum laws are in place and a communication desk to disseminate information related to the oil and gas sector was created within the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development. Investment opportunities are available in mid and down streams in the Sector (www.petroleum.go.ug).

Renewable Energy Uganda has considerable unexploited renewable energy resources for energy production and provision of energy services. The overall Government vision for the role of renewable energy in the national economy is to make modern renewable energy a substantial part of the national energy consumption. The goal of Uganda Renewable Energy Policy is to increase the use of modern renewable energy from below 5% in 2007 to 61% of the total energy consumption by 2017.

Information Communication Technology (ICT) Uganda’s ICT sector is one of the most vibrant within the region and the fastest growing sector in the economy. This vibrancy hinges largely on the good legal and regulatory frameworks. The supportive investment climate therein has exposed numerous opportunities in ICT innovation services leading to maximum utilisation of the existing youthful human resource base as quite suitable for the ICT work. The newly developed and highly qualitative ICT infrastructure is also ready to accommodate more future investments. Uganda is now connected to three marine fibre optic cables running along the eastern coast in the Indian Ocean. 133

Uganda is positioning itself to be the hub for Business Processing and Management Outsourcing industry within the region. Numerous Investment Opportunities exist in the local, regional and international markets. The largest of the Uganda Business Process Outsourcing, Information Technology and Information Technology Enabling Services Industry opportunities are within Agriculture, Health, Tourism, Banks, Insurance and Public Administration.

Manufacturing Uganda’s manufacturing sector presents various opportunities in virtually all areas ranging from beverages, leather, tobacco based processing, paper, textiles and garments, pharmaceuticals, fabrication, ceramics, glass, fertilizers, plastic/PVC, assembly of electronic goods, hi-tech and medical products.

Infrastructure Although significant efforts have been made to develop and rehabilitate the existing physical and non-physical infrastructure, potential investment opportunities exist in all national grids. These include: Airports and Airdromes; Railways, Roads, Bridges; Urban Transport; Power Generation, Transmission, and Power Distribution; • Water and Sewage; and • Irrigation Schemes. • • • •

134

Financial Services Opportunities for investment exist for international multinational banking groups particularly promoting new or innovative financial products (i.e. Mortgage finance, venture capital, merchant banking and leasing finance) and also micro finance saving institutions, especially to operate in rural areas. Insurance, in particular, is still a relatively young sector and offers several opportunities for investment.

Education Uganda runs high-quality courses in English at relatively cheaper costs than other education destinations and is dedicated to making investment in the country’s knowledge hub a unique experience and a win-win situation for both investors and students. Investment opportunities therefore exist in Uganda for setting up universities, branch universities and offshore campuses. Other areas of investment include technical & vocational training, distance learning, student financing, and research centres in tropical medicine.

135

Health A good percentage of health facilities are privately owned and the private sector provides a recognisable output especially in services delivered. Uganda has a growing population and therefore has increased investment needs in the health sector. While Government and development partners focus on communicable diseases, there is a need for innovation and private sector participation. This has created investment opportunities in health management, human resource training, e-health solutions and logistics, tertiary care services, early detection, treatment, medical tourism and manufacturing of affordable equipment and other centres of excellence provide more investment opportunities.

136

Uganda Investment Authority TWED Plaza, Plot 22B Lumumba Avenue | Tel: +256 414 301000 Email: info@ugandainvest.go.ug | www.ugandainvest.go.ug 137

The Prime Minister of Uganda, Hon. Dr. Ruhakana Rugunda launching the Capital Markets Development Master Plan 2016/17 - 2026/27

Implementing Uganda’s 10 - Year Capital Markets Development Master Plan For over two decades now, Uganda has been working towards developing a vibrant and efficient capital market with the aim of increasing access to longterm financing and expanding investment and savings opportunities for the masses.

The Chief Executive Officer of Capital Markets Authority, Keith Kalyegira

138

However, with a total ‘domestic’ market capitalization of about USD$ 1.3 Bn, the capital markets in Uganda still have a long way to go compared to peers in the region such as Kenya (USD$ 24.4 Bn) and Tanzania (USD$ 10 Bn) as well as other African countries such as Zambia (USD$10 Bn and 24 listed companies) where the capital market has existed for about the same time. A total of UGX 1.14 Tn has been raised over the years from the capital markets, and yet private sector credit by banks is in excess of UGX 20 Tn, an indication that more needs to be done. Owing to this relatively slow growth, the Capital Markets Authority (CMA) spearheaded a new wave of development that would see the capital markets transformed to better serve the economy through providing the much needed alternative financing to the private and public sectors, and avail a variety of

investment options for individual and institutional savers such as pension funds and insurance companies. CMA, with support from the Financial Sector Deepening Africa (FSDA) developed Uganda’s first Ten-Year Capital Markets Development Master Plan (CMDMP), a transformative blueprint which seeks to position Uganda’s capital markets within the Morgan Stanley Capital International for equities as a way of attracting more international capital to meet financing needs for both Government and the private sectors over the next ten years. The plan, currently in its second year of implementation was launched by H. E. President Yoweri Museveni in June 2017 but became effective in July 2016. The three major objectives of the CMDMP are to facilitate issuer access to alternative financing in order to reduce dependency on bank financing; improve efficiency

within the capital markets eco-system; and to deepen the pool of formal savings and investment opportunities within the economy. To achieve these, a set of 27 recommendations and 96 actions were proposed. The actions constituted structural reforms; reforms aimed at expansion of issuance and enabling capital raising; widening the investor base and choice; making the market infrastructure more effective; enhancing the quality of intermediation; as well as reforms to improve the legal, regulatory and supervisory environment. By the end of March 2018, a total of 36 actions had been initiated. These included the review of the Collective Investment Schemes Act, 2003, which CMA believes is a vital stroke that will see the CIS segment activated to drive growth in domestic savings. Actions pertaining to structural reforms have also been initiated by the Authority, working closely with the Ministry of Finance. These will among other things, ensure adequate funding towards capital markets development activities. The implementation of the CMDMP is led by an eight-man Capital Markets Development Steering Committee chaired by the Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development. It is expected that the composition of the Steering Committee will change once every three years for purposes of allowing in new members who bring new ideas and energy in the implementation process. Other Committee members include the Deputy Governor of the Central Bank and representatives of the private sector. The Steering Committee is supported by a Secretariat that is housed under the CMA.

But what are the challenges?

Over the past 21 months, the implementation of the CMDMP has not been without challenges. One of the key challenges is the delayed reforms to the pension sector in Uganda. A number of actions were hinged on the imminent reforms within the sector which to date has not taken place. It should be noted that right from development, it had been anticipated that the implementing agencies would utilize resources within their control to implement their respective actions. Therefore no specific budget allocation was made towards the implementation.

That notwithstanding, CMA has received immense support from the Finance Ministry and other financial sector regulators, as well as the market. CMA has also worked closely with the Financial Sector Stabilization Committee and the Financial Markets Development Committee to mobilize stakeholder support towards implementation of the plan. Many of the recommendations require concerted efforts by various Government agencies and the private sector, professional bodies, and market intermediaries to ensure successful implementation.

8th Floor, Jubilee Insurance Centre, 14 Parliament Avenue P.O. Box 24565, Kampala - Uganda Tel: +256 414 342 788/91 | 312 264 950/1 | Fax: +256 414 342 803 Email: info@cmauganda.co.ug | www.cmauganda.co.ug 139

CHAPTER 3

TRAVEL, TOURS AND LEISURE

140

141

UGANDA – A land of pristine beauty

Lilly Ajarova Chief Executive Officer, Uganda Tourism Board Greetings! Thank you for taking the time to browse through this edition of Best of Uganda. Rest assured, you are in the right place to learn about Uganda’s beautiful culture, history, tourism offerings, its people and what makes this country unique. Very many wonderful things have been said and written about Uganda by various authors – some talk about the lovely weather while some talk about charming people. Some quickly note down how many birds and plant species are unique to Uganda. All this is true. But that is not all. According to renowned and prolific writer and New York Times ’bestseller; Patricia Schultz, Uganda is one of 1,000 places to see before you die. It is endowed with plentiful natural and cultural resources, which have formed the basis for a very robust tourism industry, creating employment and generating income not only in the economic centers but also in rural areas. No wonder that international travelers have identified Uganda as a tourism destination that is worth talking about and returning to whenever possible. With all this to offer, it is important to ensure that coming to Uganda is as simple as walking through our uncrowded national parks and marveling at our freshwater lakes. This is the reason behind our new passenger terminal at Entebbe International Airport that is already halfway done, another airport currently under construction in Hoima and the upgrading of aerodromes like Arua, Kisoro, and Gulu into international airports. Furthermore, our national carrier; Uganda Airlines made a return in August (2020), with routes to major hubs across the region and the world. But don’t take my word for it! Come and witness it firsthand. You are welcome to Uganda; the Pearl of Africa.

142

Connie and Sara

143

Top 20 Destinations in Uganda

A Mountain Gorilla family with young ones

When Winston Churchill visited Uganda in 1908, he famously dubbed the beautiful country as the ‘Pearl of Africa’. To quote Churchill, he said;

“For magnificence, for variety of form and color, for profusion of brilliant life – bird, insect, reptile, beast – for vast scale – Uganda is truly “the Pearl of Africa.” The Kingdom of Uganda is a fairytale.” - Winston Churchill, Uganda - 1908

African Emerald Cuckoo 144

White-tailed Blue-Flycatcher seen in Bwindi National Park

Uganda has been blessed with an abundancy of captivating beauty with its fauna, flora and the vast culture of its people. The country though not fully explored, has some of the best offerings in the world. Recently named the 4th best destination in the World by Rough Guides, Uganda has also been recognized by other media and travel magazines such as CNN, National Geographic and Lonely Planet. We have compiled a list of 20 destinations you can visit in Uganda to see its enchanting beauty and have an unforgettable experience.

1. Bwindi National Park One of Uganda’s main attractions is a magical home to half of the world’s last mountain gorillas. Located in Kisoro, the Southwestern part of the country, Bwindi Impenetrable National Park is a one of Uganda’s UNESCO World Heritage Sites that is a habitat for over 100 mammal species, over 200 butterfly species, 163 species of trees, 100 species of ferns, 27 species of frogs, over 200 bird species, and many other endangered species living in its dense foliage. The park is 520 km from the country’s capital, with magnificent lake scenery and is neighbored by the Virunga volcanoes that offer breathtaking views. In 2016, Bwindi was named the best place for bird watching in Africa by the ‘Bird Africa Club’. Tourists can partake in a wide range of activities such as; Gorilla trekking, bird watching, mountain biking, hiking, butterfly watching

Two Grey Crowned Cranes seen on the shores of Lake Bunyonyi and nature walks. For its beauty and cornucopia of life, it is little wonder that Bwindi has qualified Uganda to be at times referred to as the ‘Switzerland of Africa’.

2. Lake Bunyonyi Lake Bunyonyi which translates to ‘place of many small birds’ is one of the deepest and largest lakes in Africa with 29 islands. It is located near Kisoro and Kabale and is close to Bwindi National Park which makes it a popular holiday destination for many travelers who come to Uganda for gorilla trekking.

Lake Bunyonyi, Kabale District, South Western Uganda believed to be one of the deepest lakes in Africa. In the background is Mount Muhavura with an altitude of about 4,127meters above sea level 145

With a lush vegetation and sundry steep slopes, the lake has many resorts which is a huge attraction for both local and foreign tourists alike. The lake is home to over 200 bird species which include; African Harrier Hawk, Herons, Weavers, White tailed Blue Monard, Cardinal Woodpecker, Grey Crowned Cranes, Rufous-breasted Wryneck and many others. Some of the people staying around the lake include the Bakiga and the Batwa tribes. The Batwa cultural dances are a major attraction. Some activities that can be done at the lake are; exploring the islands, boat rides, bird watching, swimming, sunset watching and sightseeing. Bunyonyi Safaris Resort

3. Jinja The home of the source of the Nile is also popularly known as East Africa’s adventure capital. Jinja offers a variety of activities for its visitors, who can engage in activities such as; sightseeing, quad biking, bungee jumping, boat riding, camping, sunset viewing, whiteknuckle jet boat riding, white water rafting, horse-back riding and many others. Jinja is also home to Bujagali Falls which has one of Uganda’s hydroelectric power plants. The city offers a wide range of hospitality options and a revered night life. Jinja is also the venue for the annual Nyege Nyege Festival which is one of Africa’s biggest festivals.

Nyege Nyege International Music Festival in Jinja

View from the Restaurant at Wildwaters Lodge in Jinja 146

One of the most thrilling activities in the city is the white water rafting on the Nile through the Itanda Falls. This has proven to be a hit with both local and foreign visitors.

White Water Rafting on River Nile in Jinja

4. Source of the River Nile The source of the world’s longest river is located in Jinja, Eastern Uganda. One of Uganda’s main tourist attractions was discovered by John Speke in 1858. The river snakes through North Africa and pours its water into the Mediterranean Sea. For an 80 km journey from Kampala, it takes a visitor 1-hour to get to Jinja. One can enjoy a sensational boat ride on the Nile and head to Samuka Island, watch the sunset, birds and monkeys among others. Visitors can also take part in kayaking activities along the Nile. A boat ride at the source of the Nile will give you a memorable experience as you enjoy the history of the Nile as told by tour guides.

Source of the River Nile, Jinja, Uganda 147

The Rwenzori Mountain in western Uganda. It covers an area of over 996 sq kms, and is famously named “Mountains of the Moon” for its snow-capped peaks

Murchison Falls

5. Mountain Rwenzori Another UNESCO World Heritage Site found in Uganda is Rwenzori Mountain; also known as the Mountains of the Moon - gives a breathtaking view over the Queen Elizabeth National Park and has the highest mountain range in Africa. The mountain has six glacial peaks namely; Mount Emin Pasha, Mount Baker, Mount Speke, Mount Luigi da Savoia, Mount Stanley and Mount Gessi. A major attraction for hikers and eco-tourists, the Rwenzori Mountain is a spectacular site with its permanently snowcapped peaks that are regularly surrounded by clouds. For trekkers, the mountain always offers a challenge to navigate and reach its peak. This has made it one of the most challenging mountains to trek. But there is more to the mountain than trekking. Rwenzori offers a wide range of flora and fauna, waterfalls, lakes and glaciers for visitors to enjoy.

6. Murchison Falls National Park Uganda’s largest National Park was named after a President of the Royal Geographical Society; Sir Roderick Murchison and is home to one of Africa’s top wildlife such as; Lions, Elephants, Buffalos, Leopards, Crocodiles, Antelopes, Giraffes, Hippos, Hyenas, Jackals, Kobs, Bush and Water Bucks, Baboons, White Colobus Monkeys, Red-tailed Monkeys and over 450 species of birds. 148

The Pelican Point: This remote grassland lies in Queen Elizabeth National Park, 2km beyond Katwe

Chobe Safari Lodge in the Murchison Falls National Park

The River Nile traverses here through a 6 metre gorge that led to the formation of the Nile’s supreme iconic feature; Murchison Falls that falls 43 metres to form the hardest waterfall in the world. The park offers an abundancy of various activities, from game drives to sport fishing, one can also do nature trails, hiking, animal tracking, boat riding, bird watching, game watching and picnicking.

7. Lake Mburo National Park This small savanna area has 13 water bodies and is home to various wildlife especially birds. The park has over 300 bird species and is a huge attraction for bird watchers. Mburo is the only place to find Bill Storks in the country. Some of the park’s other wildlife includes; Zebras, Hippos, Impalas, Buffaloes, Antelopes and Hyena. The park has an extensive wetland area that makes up its mosaic habitat, wooded forests and extensive swamp area. Visitors can enjoy game drives, boat rides, fishing, salt lick walks, nature walks, camping and horse riding. The park is 4-hours from Kampala City located in Kiruhura district.

8. Queen Elizabeth National Park

Zebras in Mburo National Park

Queen Elizabeth National Park is Uganda’s most popular National Park sitting on more than 1,900 square miles, with over 90 species of mammals and over 600 bird 149

Queen Elizabeth National Park

species, containing wildlife-filled habitats such as forests, savanna grasslands, wetlands and lakes. The park offers a wide range of wildlife such as Lions, Elephants, Hippos, Leopards, and Chimpanzees among others. Some of its popular unique features are its deep crater lakes with the renown salty Lake Katwe where salt is mined; and volcanic cones. Deep in the park is the Kazinga channel that links Lakes Edward and George which is great for boat rides. Tourists can also do a wide range of activities such as Chimp tracking, guided hiking, hot air balloon rides, bird watching and cave exploration.

9. Ziwa Rhino Sanctuary

Hippopotamus: They are very common along the Kazinga Channel 150

The Rhino Sanctuary was started with a goal to restore the White Rhino population in Uganda. Located near the Murchison Falls National Park, the sanctuary is home to 25 Southern white Rhinos and a variety of other animals like Crocodiles, Monkeys, Hippos, Birds and Antelopes.

Rhino and her calf at Ziwa Rhino Sanctuary

Ssese white sand beach

You can explore the sanctuary by taking a guided tour where you will be able to see these giant creatures at a close distance. The sanctuary also offers opportunities for nature walks, bird and butterfly watching, reptile watching, hiking and many others.

10. Ssese Islands The archipelago is located on Lake Victoria and consists of 84 islands, offering eye-catching scenery that is popular for honeymoons and as a holiday destination for those looking for a quiet getaway. The islands allow for visitors to swim in their waters and relax on the beautiful sandy beaches. You can enjoy sport fishing Lake Victoria’s fresh water fish such as the Nile Perch and many others. The islands have vast tropical forests which give way to undeveloped beaches and are home to a variety of bird species and provide an extensive area for bird watchers. 151

11. Kidepo National Park 740 kilometres and being a 12-hour drive out of Kampala and situated in the Northeastern part of Uganda in the Karamoja region near the borders of Kenya and South Sudan is Kidepo National Park. The park is one of the remotest areas in the country but this does not stop it from welcoming all kinds of visitors. With its sprawling grasslands and mountain ranges, the park offers quaint and beautiful scenery for all to see. With an exceptional wildlife, Kidepo is home to some of the country’s exotic birds of over 400 species. Its vast day and night creatures such as the Lions, Leopards, Jackals and the White-tailed Mongoose are always worth looking out for. The park also houses the Kanangorok Hot Springs that is a good site for picnics, while the Kidepo River Valley offers a great spot for wildlife watching.

Manyattas surrounding a cattle kraal in a Karamajong homestead. This is mainly done to protect the animals from rustlers. 152

The communities near the park such as the Acholi and the Karamajong offer a great cultural experience for visitors.

12. Ngamba Island Chimpanzee Sanctuary Located on an island in Lake Victoria, Ngamba Island Chimpanzee Sanctuary and Wildlife Conservation Trust (CSWCT) was setup to conserve Chimpanzees and their habitats. Since 1998, the sanctuary has been home to rescued and orphaned chimpanzees across East Africa. At the conservatory, Chimpanzees are looked after (treated and fed) since some cannot be returned to their natural habitats. The Conservation is also an education centre for both local and international tourists. Tourists are able to see these apes both during the day and at night. There are also other activities on the island such as bird watching and the sanctuary offers tourists a unique opportunity of personally taking care of these animals through participating in preparation of their meals, medical checkups, administrative work as well as research.

Ngamba Island Chimpanzee Sanctuary 153

154

13. Mount Elgon National Park Mount Elgon National Park is found in Eastern Uganda near Mbale and lies between Uganda and Kenya. The mountain has three peaks and is the fourth highest mountain in East Africa, and has the second highest peak in Uganda. Well known for its uncultured wilderness, the mountain park has a variety of flora and fauna, where visitors can see herds of Buffaloes, Leopards, Elephants, Antelopes, Jackals, Wildcats, Rock Hyrax, White Colobus Monkeys, Hyenas and a variety of bird species. The park offers visitors activities such as trekking, bird watching, camping, hiking and many others.

14. Sipi Falls One of the most awe-inspiring sights in Eastern Uganda; Sipi Falls is found at the foothills of Mountain Elgon just at the edge of Mount Elgon National Park. A combination of three waterfalls separated by steep hillsides in Kapchorwa near the Kenya border. The highest and main waterfall drops from an altitude of 95 metres offering beautiful and magnificent scenery. The Falls are also surrounded by caves and footways that allow for hiking and visitors can see vast banana and coffee plantations around the waterways and interact with the local communities of the Bagisu and Sabiny people. Around Sipi Falls, visitors can partake in various activities such as; climbing Mount Elgon, hiking, bird watching, cave expeditions, cave painting excursions and camping.

15. Semuliki National Park Semuliki National Park stretches across the Semliki Valley floor in Southwestern Uganda in Bundibugyo District, cutting through to the Uganda-Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) border at the western end of the East African Rift Valley. The park is customarily part of the Ituri Forest of the Congo Basin which is a bio-diverse forest with lots of flora and fauna.

Sipi Falls in Kapchorwa district on the foothills of Mt. Elgon

Hot springs bubble up in the Semuliki National Park in the western Rift Valley. This demonstrates the powerful subterranean forces that have been shaping the rift valley during the last 14 million years. 155

Mountain Gorillas in Kisoro District

16. Mgahinga Gorilla National Park Mgahinga Gorilla National Park comprises of forested slopes of three conical extinct volcanoes that make up part of the Virunga Range that lies between the borders of Uganda, Rwanda and Congo. The park is the largest part of the Virunga Conservation Area and was created as a habitat for the rare mountain Gorillas as well as the endangered Golden Monkey. The park is home to various fauna although Gorillas are the main attraction with Gorilla Tracking being the most common activity. The park has about 39 mammal and 79 bird species and is also home to the Batwa pygmies who are believed to have been the first people to occupy it. Visitors can also explore caves, watch birds, hike and climb the volcanoes, border trailing and experience the cultural life of the Batwa.

17. Namugongo Martyrs Shrine For religious tourists, the Namugongo Martyrs Shrine is an attraction for many people around the world. The Shrine was built in commemoration of 32 men who were burnt to death on the orders of King Mwanga II of Buganda in 1886 for their refusal to renounce Christianity. The Mini Basilica was built on the spot where the majority of the Catholics were martyred on the blessing of Pope Paul VI during his visit to Uganda in 1969. Every year on 3 June, hundreds of thousands of Christians from around the world congregate at Namugongo to remember the lives and religious beliefs of these Uganda Martyrs. A few kilometers from the Catholic Shrine is the Anglican Shrine and Museum where one can retrace the Martyrs experience.

18. Kibale National Park

Namugongo Martyrs Shrine 156

Kibale National Park contains one of the most diverse expanses of tropical forests in Uganda. The park is one of the most accessible rain forests and is scattered with blotches of grassland and swamps and has an exceptional setting for tracking Chimpanzees and for bird

viewing. The park is home to over 60 mammal species and over 300 bird species. You can find Elephants, Buffaloes, Antelopes, Olive Baboons, a variety of Monkey species, Chimpanzees and others. You can also visit with the Batooro and Bakiga tribes who inhabit the borders of the park.

19. Uganda Wildlife Education Centre (UWEC) Formerly known as the Entebbe Zoo, the Uganda Wildlife Education Centre is an animal refuge that is a 50-minute drive out of Kampala city on the shoreline of Lake Victoria. The centre was founded as a home for orphaned, injured and confiscated animals from smugglers. The centre is home to over 100 bird species and a variety of other animals such as Lions, Southern White Rhino, Leopards and Chimpanzees. UWEC is a popular destination for many young people who go to the centre to experience natures many animals.

20. Kasubi Tombs Located on Kasubi hill in Kampala, this is the burial place for the Buganda Kingdom kings. The Kasubi Tombs is a very important ground for the Baganda, as four of the tribe’s last kings and other members of the Baganda royal family were buried here. As a result, the site remains an important spiritual and political site for the Ganda people, as well as an important example of traditional architecture hosting the history of Buganda’s kings and other cultural elements. The Baganda are Bantu speaking people and it is believed that they date their political civilization to the 13th century A.D. The tombs have around the clock guards that control access to the site and it is believed that secret ceremonies are performed within the tombs by the Kingdom’s royals. Kasubi Tombs is yet another of Ugandas UNESCO World Heritage Sites.

Great Blue Turaco in Kibale National Park. This Park is considered as the Primates capital as well as a bird watchers haven

www.visituganda.com

Kasubi Tombs 157

158

Semuliki National Park; a warm adventure in south western Uganda In a remote part of Bundibugyo District, Bwamba County in western Uganda lies a spectacular attraction, the Semuliki National Park. While visiting the National Park is an adventure in itself, the hot springs therein are too a major attraction. The Semuliki National Park covering an area of 220 square kms has diverse flora and fauna. The park is one of Africa’s most ancient and bio-diverse forests; one of the few to survive the last ice age, 12-18,000 years ago and is one of Uganda’s newest national parks, 194 km² of East Africa’s only lowland tropical rainforest. While Semuliki’s species have been accumulating over the last 25,000 years, the park contains evidence of even older processes; the hot springs. These bubble up from the depths to demonstrate the powerful subterranean forces that have been shaping the rift valley during the last 14 million years. These amazing springs have high temperatures in excess of 100 degrees Celsius. The force, strength and heat of these springs show the strength of the geographical forces underground.

159

Sempaya Hot Springs in Semuliki

The Yellow Throated Nicator

The Sempaya Hot Springs are found in two places; the first is referred to as the male while the second as expected is aptly called the female. An hour-long track to the outer, “male” hot springs takes one through a spot of woodland where the grey-cheeked mangabeys, redtailed monkeys and the black-and-white colobus monkeys, among others are regularly seen. There is a tree house on the way which offers a clear aerial view and for birdwatchers this is a haven. It is the ideal spot for any birding safari in Uganda. One of the special birds here is the Dwarf Hornbill, Blue Kingfisher and the Yellow Throated Nicator. A 30-minute walk via the palm forest from the main road leading to the inner, “female” hot spring is characterized by the boiling spring. Here, eggs and bananas can be cooked instantly for consumption by hungry hikers in the blistering waters!

160

A recent move by the Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA) has seen the fees charged for the guided nature walk to view the Sempaya hot springs waived. The scrapping of these fees is aimed at improving visitor experiences in Semuliki National Park as a measure to improve visitor numbers in the park. With this new measure, visitors to the hot springs will now only pay the park entrance fees and no further charges will be levied. Semuliki is a dense forest and also forms part of the great Ituri forest that stretches into the Congo. Animals found here include leopards, elephants, civet, chimps, pygmy antelopes, buffalo, bush baby and scaly tailed flying squirrel.

Sempaya Hot Springs in Semuliki

This park has got eight primate species, about 400 species of birds and 300 butterfly species. Visitors also use set trails to visit the hot springs and prepared walks to various areas of the park. There’s so much to see when one gets to the Semuliki.

Vervet Monkeys

Grey-cheeked Mangabeys

Red Tailed Monkey 161

CHAPTER 4

NATIONAL PARKS

162

163

Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA)

Executive Director’s Message Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA) is a statutory body that was established in 1996. UWA was created to ensure sustainable management of wildlife in Uganda. UWA is responsible for the management of wildlife in and outside the formally gazetted Protected Areas (PAs) currently at 10 National Parks and 12 Wildlife Reserves. In addition, UWA provides technical guidance to the management of five Community Wildlife Areas and 13 Wildlife Sanctuaries. UWA undertakes to secure the integrity of the Protected Areas with healthy ecosystems. For this to happen, the organization endeavours to achieve financial self-sustainability without compromising the eco-systems that must be protected and remain relevant to the overall national development agenda by making a significant contribution to the country’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP).

Sam Mwandha

These aspirations are summarized in the vision statement, “To be a leading self-sustaining conservation agency with healthy ecosystems that transforms Uganda into an outstanding ecotourism destination in the world”.

Tourism is the leading foreign exchange earner for Uganda, bringing in US$ 1.45 billion (23.5% of the total exports) annually. Uganda’s tourism which is largely wildlife based contributes UGX 7.27 trillion (9.0% of GDP) to the economy. The tourism sector generally provides 1.173 million jobs in Uganda (7.8% of total employment). UWA as an agency employs over 2,300 Ugandans that are in our conservation areas. In partnership with various stakeholders, UWA encourages the public sector to invest in the PAs. As such, various concessions have been given out to private investors to construct facilities such as lodges. UWA’s capacity to protect wildlife has been strengthened greatly over the years. This has resulted in increased wildlife populations in our PAs. Elephants that numbered just about 2,000 in 1986 are now over 6,000, the global population of mountain gorillas has risen from just over 400 to over 1000, with Uganda contributing more than 50% of that number. The Uganda kob now number over 70,000; a number never experienced before. These and many other achievements would have not been possible without the support of our stakeholders especially the neighboring communities. We have strengthened our relationship with the neighboring communities through regular engagements and we give them 20% share of park entrance fees to improve their livelihoods. This has made them appreciate the importance of conserving wildlife and promoting tourism because they see the benefits accruing from PAs. Furthermore, we have ensured that we minimize Human Wildlife Conflicts by putting in place various mitigation measures so that communities do not suffer losses occasioned by wildlife especially animals straying outside PAs. We will constantly strive to collaborate with our stakeholders to advance the protection of our nation’s wildlife. We wish to thank all Ugandans for joining us in the effort to conserve, protect and cherish our nation’s wildlife treasures.

Uganda Wildlife Authority, 7 Kira Road Kamwokya. P.O. Box, Kampala Uganda Tel: +256 414 355 000 | Fax: +256 414 546 291 | Email: info@ugandawildlife.org ugandawildlifeauthority | ugandawildlife | www.ugandawildlife.org 164

Murchison Falls National Park DID YOU KNOW?

- At Murchison Falls the Nile squeezes through an 8 meter wide gorge

- Uhuru Falls adjacent to Murchison Falls was formed in 1962 due to flooding caused by heavy rains - The Honeymoon track on the southern sector of the park offers scenic wildlife viewing

Ziwa Rhino Sanctuary DID YOU KNOW?

- There are currently 18 Rhinos at the Ziwa Rhino Sanctuary from an original six that were introduced in 2003

- The white rhinos introduced to Uganda are of the southern race. The Northern white became extinct in Uganda in 1980

Semliki National Park DID YOU KNOW?

- Semuliki Forest is the only true lowland forest in East Africa; it survived the last ice age - For the last 14 million years subterranean forces have been shaping the rift valley - Semuluiki Forest is the extreme Eastern end of the great Ituri forest - Semuliki is a birder’s haven with over 400 bird species recorded

Rwenzori Mountains National Park DID YOU KNOW?

- The explorer Henry Stanley placed the Rwenzori on the map on the 24th May 1888. He labeled it ‘Ruwenzori’, a local name which he recorded as meaning “rain maker” or “cloud-king.” - Highest point: 5,109 m above sea level on Mt Stanley’s Margherita peak. The Rwenzoris were referred to as “Mountains of the moon” by the Alexandrine geographer Ptolemy in AD 15O

Queen Elizabeth National Park DID YOU KNOW?

- Ishasha is world famous for its tree-climbing lions - Kazinga Channel is a 32 Km long natural channel that links lakes Edward and George - Kyambura gorge also known as “Valley of apes” is a stunning sector of the park with chimpanzees as the most famous primates

Mgahinga Gorilla National Park DID YOU KNOW?

- At 33.7km² this is Uganda’s smallest National Park - The golden monkey (Cercopithecus kandti) is a species of Old World monkey only found in the Virunga volcanic mountains restricted to highland bamboo forests

166

Kidepo Valley National Park DID YOU KNOW?

- Two Rivers Kidepo and Narus go through the park, however during the dry season they all dry up leaving just pools of water

- In 2012 CNN named kidepo Valley National Park as ‘best park in Africa’ for its spectacular landscapes and great buffalo herds

- Kidepo offers the best buffalo safari experience in Africa with over 2000 buffaloes in one herd

Pian-Upe Wildlife Reserve DID YOU KNOW?

- The reserve is the largest Wildlife Reserve and the second largest protected area after Murchison Falls National Park - The largest population of Roan Antelope is found in this park

- There are signs of prehistoric human dwellings with cave drawings of giraffe and other animals

Kibale National Park DID YOU KNOW?

- 351 tree species have been recorded in the park, some rise to over 55m and are over 200 years old

- Kibale boasts 13 species of Africa’s 49 including the Red Colobus, L’Hoest monkeys, Uganda Mangabey and the Chimpanzee, this large concentration makes it the “Primate capital of the World”

Lake Mburo National Park

Mount Elgon National Park DID YOU KNOW?

- Elgon’s caldera is one of the largest intact in the world

- The mountain is the catchment area for the several rivers such as the Suam River, which becomes the Turkwel downstream and drains into Lake Turkana, and the Nzoia River and the Lwakhakha River, which flow to Lake Victoria - Hiking to and from mount Elgon’s highest peak Wagagai takes three days of magnificent scenery and wilderness

DID YOU KNOW?

- In July 2015, 15 Giraffes were introduced to Lake Mburo National Park from Murchison Falls National Park

- The largest population of Common Impala and Zebras are found in this park

Bwindi Impenetrable National Park DID YOU KNOW?

- Bwindi was gazetted as a National Park in 1991 and declared a UNESCO Natural World Heritage site in 1994 - The Mubare gorilla group was the first to become available for tourism in Uganda in April 1993 - Spread over a series of steep ridges and valleys, Bwindi is the source of five major rivers which flow into Lake Edward

167

PHOTO ETER HOGEL

Uganda’s National Parks - At a Glance Uganda’s ten (10) National Parks contain a fabulous variety of habitats, ranging from snow-capped mountain peaks and vast papyrus swamps, to dark tropical forests and open savanna plains. These diverse settings are home to an impressive range of wildlife including over 1000 species of birds, with many central African species at the eastern limit of their ranges. Mammals include numerous forest primates, among them Chimpanzee and the rare Mountain Gorilla, while big game animals are to be found in the savanna parks.

1 Queen Elizabeth National Park A Medley of Wonders

Queen Elizabeth Park is the most popular park in Uganda, evidenced by the number of tourists visiting each year. It is famous for its tree-climbing lions and is blessed with an assortment of crater lakes, forested gorges, savannah plains, swamps, rivers and the beautiful Kazinga Channel – home to an abundance of wildlife. The park also has the highest number of bird species in Uganda, and offers Chimpanzee tracking in the forest in Kyambura Gorge. Uganda’s most popular and diverse conservation area, Queen Elizabeth National Park enjoys a fabulous setting on the rift valley floor, surrounded by lakes, escarpments and the snow-capped Rwenzori mountain. A variety of habitats, including grassland, acacia woodland, forest, wetland and open water, sustains a wide range of mammals while the park’s 604 bird species is a quite remarkable tally for a protected area covering less than 2000km2. Highlights include the launch cruise on the Kazinga Channel, past resident hippos and waterbirds; the improbably scenic 24km Crater Drive which winds around the rims of extinct volcanoes; chimpanzee tracking in the deep, forested Kyambura Gorge; and the search for treeclimbing lions under vast rift valley skies in the remote, southerly Ishasha sector. ACTIVITIES AND ATTRACTIONS MWEYA PENINSULA AND THE KAZINGA CHANNEL QENP’s main tourism hub is found on Mweya Peninsula, 22km west of 168

the Kasese-Mbarara Road. Mweya, which occupies an elevated plateau overlooking the Kazinga Channel and Lake Edward, is the site of an upmarket lodge; budget UWA run accommodation; a marina for launch trips on the channel; and a Visitor Information Centre. LAUNCH CRUISES Launch trips on the Kazinga Channel provide the most relaxing way to view game in Queen Elizabeth National Park. The 2-hour return voyage between Mweya and the channel’s entrance into Lake Edward cruises beside banks lined with resident hippos, crocodiles and waterbirds and visiting elephant, buffalo and antelopes. GAME DRIVES Kasenyi plains The open grasslands of Kasenyi provide QENP’s primary game viewing area, thanks to resident herds of Uganda kob and the lions that prey

on them. The park’s experienced ranger guides can usually locate lions but predator sightings can be guaranteed by signing up for a tour with the Mweya-based Uganda Predator Project which monitors the movement of lions, leopards and hyaenas fitted with radio collars.

the Kazinga Channel; spectacular seasonal congregations of flamingoes on the Kyambura and Katwe soda lakes; careful searches for rare and restricted range forest species in Maramagambo Forest; and memorable shoebill sightings on the remote Lake Edward Flats in Ishasha.

Ishasha QENP’s southernmost sector offers a classic game viewing experience under vast rift valley skies. Expect to see buffaloes, hippos, elephants, topis and more. The chance of sighting lions is particularly good in Ishasha; the local prides obligingly spend their days resting up in the branches of shady fig trees.

VOLCANIC EXPLOSION CRATERS

FOREST WALKS Kyambura Gorge The forest-filled Kyambura Gorge extends from the Kichwamba Escarpment to the Kazinga Channel. Enjoy the giddy viewpoint on the edge of the 100m-deep chasm before descending into the depths to track chimpanzees with UWA guides.

Crater Drive Dozens of volcanic craters pock the landscape north of Mweya to remind us of the Albertine Rift’s violent tectonic history. The 27km Crater Drive between the Kabatoro and Crater gates follows a breathtaking route around the rims of extinct craters filled, variously, with lakes, forest and grassland. Katwe Salt Lake The people of Katwe town, 12km from Mweya, have been extracting salt from the saline Lake Katwe using evaporation pans since the 14th century. Local guides will escort visitors down into the crater to see the process. The adjacent Lake Munyanyange is rich in waterbirds, including migrating lesser flamingo between August and November.

Maramagambo Forest At the foot of the Kichwamba Escarpment, the shady Maramagambo Forest contrasts with the park’s open grasslands. Guided walks afford sightings of primates and rare birds (including the forest flycatcher, white-naped pigeon and the striking Rwenzori turaco) and visit the Bat Cave with its resident bat-gorged python. BIRDING Birding activities overlap with the wildlife viewing locations described above. Highlights include easy sightings of resident and migratory waterbirds on 169

Africa. The Ugandan section of the mountain was gazetted as the 995 km² Rwenzori Mountains National Park in 1991 and was recognized as a World Heritage Site in 1994. The park is home to 18 mammal species, 217 bird species, 9 species of reptiles and 6 species of amphibians. Large mammals, including elephant, buffalo, giant forest hog, bushbuck, chimpanzee and leopard are present in the forest zone, but are rarely seen. Rwenzori is also home to 217 recorded bird species. ACTIVITIES AND ATTRACTIONS

2 Rwenzori Mountains National Park The Mystical Challenge

Back in AD150, the geographer Ptolemy wrote of a snow-capped mountain range in the heart of Africa, which he claimed represented the source of the Nile and which he named Montes Lunae – the Mountains of the Moon. Seventeen centuries passed before the explorer Henry Stanley located such a mountain in western Uganda and established that, though Lake Victoria is the primary source of the Nile, the great river is also supplied with equatorial meltwaters. Stanley mapped the range as ‘Rwenzori’, a local name that he recorded as meaning “rain maker” or “cloud-king.” In the years since Stanley’s 1888 visit, the Rwenzori has become established as one of Africa’s great mountaineering adventures, offering the chance to ascend snow peaks and walk on equatorial glaciers that represent the highest and most intriguing source of the Nile. The high Rwenzori consists of six distinct mountains, Stanley, Speke, Baker, Emin, Gessi and Savioa. Mt. Stanley’s 5109m Margherita Peak, which stands on the Uganda-Congo border, is the third highest point in 170

MOUNTAIN TREKKING Three routes ascend to the high Rwenzori. Rwenzori Trekking Services (RTS) operates the Kilembe Trail which enables nine-day expeditions to summit Mount Stanley and a shorter, six-day option to the more accessible, but equally scenic, Mt. Luigi da Savoia. The Nyakalengijabased Rwenzori Mountaineering Services runs the Central Circuit which reaches and returns from Mount Stanley in seven-days. The Bukurungu Trail ascends from Kitumba to Mount Gessi. The mountain is best climbed during the drier months of January and June-July. Peak Climbing The highest peaks on the Rwenzori’s six mountains can all be climbed. The most popular is the 5109m Margherita, the highest point on Mount Stanley and the roof of the Rwenzori. Be aware that summiting on Stanley, Speke, and Baker is a physically demanding activity, frequently in bad weather, and for which specialist equipment and technical experience is required. Age is no barrier however; the oldest person to reach the Margherita Peak was Ms. Beryl Park, aged 78! An ascent of Mount Stanley requires a minimum of seven-days on the mountain. Hiking The real appeal of the Rwenzori is the opportunity to hike through superb mountain scenery enlivened by equatorial snow and outlandish

vegetation. With this in mind, shorter hikes are becoming increasingly popular. A detour on the Kilembe Trail reaches the 4627m Mt. Luigi da Savoia which offers afroalpine vegetation, patches of equatorial snow and, weather permitting, grandstand views towards Mount Stanley. Nyakalengija Trailhead offers a two-day hike to the scenic Lake Mahoma in the bamboo forest. The Kazingo Trail enables a day-long traverse of the north Rwenzori ridge between the Fort Portal plateau and Bundibugyo town in the Semliki Valley on the west side of the mountain. FOREST WALKS AND BIRDING The forest zone, which occupies the lower contours of the national park, can be visited as a day walk from the Kilembe and Nyakalengija trailheads. Conveniently for birders, the park’s birdlife is concentrated in this relatively accessible area. Species of interest include the Rwenzori turaco and Rwenzori double collared sunbird, Rwenzori batis, handsome francolin, strange weaver, Rwenzori nightjar, Archer’s robin-chat and redthroated alethe. Look out for other localized rarities such as the three-horned chameleon and Rwenzori colobus monkey.

171

3 Lake Mburo National Park Whispers in the Wild

This beautiful compact jewel of a park is ideally placed for an overnight break between Kampala and the protected areas of western Uganda. Found en route to the Albertine Rift and offering a great way to view Impala (only found in Lake Mburo National Park), Buffalo, Eland, Topi and the largest herd of Zebra the country has to offer, and that are rare or absent from other parks in Uganda. Together with a vast variety of birdlife; with 332 species recorded, birding is highly rewarding and with papyrus and acacia species being particularly well represented. Visitors need not limit themselves to game drives; the park can also be explored using mountain bikes, by boat, on foot, and on horseback. Small enough to cover in one day, and conveniently located close enough to the City of Kampala, making it the perfect quick getaway. 172

ACTIVITIES AND ATTRACTIONS GAME VIEWING Lake Mburo Boat Trip The eastern shores of Lake Mburo can be explored by boat, departing from a jetty at the lakeside campsite near Rwonyo Rest Camp. Watch out for crocodiles and hippopotamus during the two-hour voyage. You can also sight a variety of birds including pelicans, herons and fish eagle and perhaps the rare finfoot and shoebill. Game Drives A network of game tracks explores the eastern hinterland of Lake Mburo, providing the chance to see a variety of savanna animals and birds. Night Drives Night drives with a ranger guide provide the chance to see nocturnal animals such as bushbabys, pottos and perhaps even a leopard. Salt Lick Walk Guided walks explore the park around Rwonyo, culminating in a visit to a natural salt lake where wildlife can be viewed from a timber observation platform.

Forest Walk This small tract of forest on the western side of Lake Mburo is home to a variety of forest bird species. Rubanga can be explored with a ranger guide. Horseback Safaris The grassy ridges in the eastern part of Lake Mburo can be explored on horseback. This activity is operated by Mihingo Lodge. Mountain Biking Rwakobo Rock and Leopard Tail Rest Camp both operate mountain biking trips into the national park at Nshara Gate. Viewpoints South of Rwonyo, the Lakeside Track climbs onto Kigarama Hill which provides a panoramic view of Lake Mburo. This lake and seven more can also be seen from the equally dramatic Kazuma Lookout which lies at the top of a rather steep track accessed from the Ruroko Track near the Kazuma/Research Track junction. BIRDING Prime areas for birding in Lake Mburo include the acacia woodland along the Acacia and Research tracks; the wooded shores of Lake Mburo as seen from the Rwonyo launch (ideal territory for the African finfoot) and the lake’s northern fringe. 173

4 Kidepo Valley National Park The True African Wilderness

Located in Uganda’s distant northeastern corner, close to Kenya and South Sudan and forming the farthest extremity of the remote, sparsely populated Karamoja region, Kidepo represents one of Africa’s most magnificent wildernesses. Wildlife also includes species that are rare or absent from Ugandan protected areas such as aardwolf, bat-eared fox, cheetah, striped hyena and ostrich, as well as big game favourites, including elephant, buffalo, giraffe, zebra, eland, lion, cheetah and ostrich roam grasslands that extend towards distant mountain ranges in all directions. This is also an area of rich cultural interest for the plains beyond the park are dotted with the manyattas (homesteads) of the fiercely traditional Karamojong pastoralists. The fastest route to Kidepo is by air but with security assured in northern Uganda and Karamoja, overland travel is also an option.

174

Thanks to ongoing road improvements in the region, growing numbers of visitors are exploring an exciting new northeastern safari circuit including Murchison, Kidepo, Karamoja and Mount Elgon. ACTIVITIES AND ATTRACTIONS NARUS VALLEY GAME DRIVE The southerly Narus Valley contains the park’s only permanent water points and wildlife congregates in this area for much of the year. Look for buffalo and elephant in the swamps along the valley floor, giraffe and eland on the drier slopes above and scan the rock outcrops for lions. KIDEPO VALLEY DRIVE The dry Kidepo Valley is short on big game but massive on scenery. 30km north of the park’s tourism hub at Apoka, the road crosses the dry, sandy bed of the Kidepo River to enter an expansive plain lined to the east by the Morungule mountain range and to the north by the looming, 2975m-high Jebel Lotuke in South Sudan. Mammals are rare in this area but ostriches and secretary birds are often seen.

NATURE WALKS Opportunities for guided walks range from short nature walks around Apoka Rest Camp to longer walks through the open grasslands of East Kakine, and a hike along part or all of the 15km Rionomoe Trail which follows the southern side of the Narus valley. The Morungule range, which rises from the plains to the north east of Apoka, can be explored on foot with a ranger guide escort. BIRD WATCHING Experienced ranger guides are available at Apoka to help locate and identify birdlife in the park’s various habitats. COMMUNITY WALKS Community walks outside the park provide the opportunity to learn about life in the local Karamojong manyattas (homesteads) at Kawalakol, Lorukul and Karenga.

175

5 Murchison Falls National Park The World’s Most Powerful Waterfall

Uganda’s largest protected area is a 5000km2 expanse formed by Murchison Falls National Park and the contiguous Karuma and Bugungu wildlife reserves. The Nile traverses this wilderness, dividing grasslands roamed by big game on the northern bank from bush and forest inhabited by birds and primates on the southern side. The centerpiece is the river’s eruption through a narrow gorge at Murchison Falls; a spectacle that has captivated visitors since the explorer Samuel Baker added the feature to the map in 1864. The boat trip to the Falls, past hippos and crocodiles is an essential activity, as is a game drive across the grassy Buligi peninsula to the banks of the river. The park also has much to interest birders. The iconic shoebill inhabits swampy islands along the river while rare and ‘restricted range’ Congo overspills can be checked off in the southerly Kaniyo Pabidi Forest. Visitors can also track habituated chimpanzees at this site. 176

On the way to Murchison Falls National Park, make a stop at the Ziwa Rhino Sanctuary, gaze in wonder at the majestic herd of giraffe as you drive through the park and enjoy seeing families of elephant – especially a launch trip up to the Falls, when they come and drink from the river’s edge, where you can also see the huge Nile crocodiles basking in the sun with their jaws open on the banks. ACTIVITIES AND ATTRACTIONS PARAA Paraa is the starting point for boat trips to the Falls and the delta and the site of the vehicle ferry crossing. Consequently, most of the tourist accommodation serving MFNP is also located in the vicinity, much of it on the riverbank just outside the park, 5km to the west. THE NILE & MURCHISON FALLS Murchison Falls Boat Cruise The launch voyage upriver from Paraa to see the Murchison Falls exploding through the cliffs at the head of Fajao Gorge is the park’s oldest and most popular excursion. The 3-hour return trip passes a wealth of riverside wildlife on the way, including resident hippos and crocodiles and visiting elephants, buffalo, etc. Top of the Falls Visitors should be sure to visit the Top of the Falls viewpoint to see, hear and feel the Nile thunder through a 6m-wide gorge. The site can be reached by vehicle but it is more rewarding to disembark from the launch to climb up to the Top of the Falls through Fajao Gorge. Delta Boat Cruises Boats also run downriver from Paraa to the Nile Delta where a mosaic of papyrus islands chokes the river’s entrance into Lake Albert. These are rich in waterbirds, most notably the shoebill. Sport Fishing The river below Murchison Falls provides an exciting challenge for anglers with the record for Nile perch landed with rod and line standing at a hefty 108kg.

GAME VIEWING Buligi Peninsula The park’s prime game viewing area lies on the Buligi Peninsula, a triangle of grassland bounded by the Victoria Nile entering Lake Albert, and the Albert Nile flowing out if it. Expect to see elephant, buffalo, antelopes and giraffe and keep your fingers crossed for lion and leopard. Visitors can also take to the air to explore the plains north and west of Paraa in a hot air balloon. Contact the Jobihani Dream Balloons office at Paraa Safari Lodge. Heart of Murchison While much of the southern part of MFNP is covered by bush and forest, the heart of the park is covered by a delightful tract of savanna. Vehicle tracks have recently been opened in this area, which thanks to substantial herds of Uganda kob, is becoming known as a prime location for lions. FOREST WALKS & CHIMPANZEE TRACKING Kaniyo Pabidi Forest This forest in the south of Murchison Falls Conservation Area is home to a habituated chimp group that can be tracked with experienced forest guides. Kaniyo Pabidi is also an essential birding site due to the presence of Albertine Rift endemics and other ‘restricted range’ species including the chocolate-backed kingfisher, white-thighed hornbill and Puvel’s illadopsis. BIRDING Birding activities overlap with the wildlife viewing locations described above. Highlights include easy sightings of resident and waterbirds on the cruise to the Falls, thrilling shoebill sightings in the Nile delta and careful searches for rare and restricted range forest species in Kaniyo Pabidi Forest. CULTURAL ENCOUNTERS Energetic dancers from Mubako perform around lodge campfires, making for a magical African experience at dusk. Boomu Womens’ Group offers accommodation, a craft shop and village tours, revealing the realities of life in this rural community. 177

6 Kibale National Park

The Primate Capital of the World

This largely forested park, 795km2 in area, is best known for the number and variety of resident primates. An impressive list of 13 primate species includes Uganda’s largest population of chimpanzees – an estimated 1450. Habituated groups can be tracked with experienced ranger guides at Kanyanchu River Camp. Other notable primates are the nocturnal bushbaby and potto (these can be encountered during guided night walks in the forest); the L’Hoest’s monkey (endemic to the Albertine Rift region); East Africa’s largest population of the threatened red colobus monkey; and Uganda’s only endemic monkey, the Uganda mangabey (Lophocebus ugandae). Kibale is a popular destination for birders. A list of 335 forest, grassland and swamp species includes four birds endemic to Kibale and a number of Central African ‘specials’ at the eastern limit of their range. These can be sought on the forest trails at Kanyanchu and Sebitoli tourism sites and in the community-run Bigodi Wetland Sanctuary on the edge of the park near Kanyanchu.

178

ACTIVITIES AND ATTRACTIONS PRIMATE WALK (CHIMPANZEE TRACKING) The perennially popular primate walk provides the chance to observe chimpanzees in their natural habitat. Kanyanchu’s groups are accustomed to human presence – some have been observed for over 25 years – and the chance of locating them is over 90%. CHIMPANZEE HABITUATION EXPERIENCE The Chimpanzee Habituation Experience (CHEX) enables visitors to accompany researchers and habituators into the forest. The chimpanzee groups involved are less accustomed to human presence than those visited on the Primate Walk and following and viewing them is both exciting and challenging. NATURE WALKS A Nature Walk is an opportunity to enjoy one of East Africa’s most beautiful and varied forests without pressure to locate chimpanzees or tick off a dozen ‘Kibale specials’ on the birdlist. This is an ideal activity for young visitors unable to accompany relatives on the Primate Walk. NIGHT WALKS Enter the forest after dark to search for nocturnal creatures such as galagos, pottos and bushbabies.

BIRDING Kibale’s 372 forest, grassland and swamp species, including local endemics and Central Africa ‘specials’ makes the park a popular birding destination. Forest birds can be sought, with the help of experienced UWA guides, on the forest trails at Kanyanchu and Sebitoli tourism sites. This experience should be combined with a visit to Bigodi Wetland Sanctuary to add forest edge and swamp specials to the list. This popular, community-run attraction lies just outside the park, 5km south of Kanyanchu. 179

7 Bwindi Impenetrable National Park The Ultimate Gorilla Experience

Uganda’s foremost tourist attraction, and indeed one of the world’s most remarkable wildlife encounters, is tracking the rare Mountain Gorilla in the remote forests of south-western Uganda. These magnificent animals, found exclusively in the forests of Bwindi Impenetrable and Virunga National Parks, number less than 800 – over half of them in Uganda.

Bwindi Impenetrable Forest

One of Africa’s oldest forests – being one of a few that predate the arid conditions of the last ice age – the 325km2 Bwindi Impenetrable Forest has carpeted the margin of the Albertine Rift Valley for some 25,000 years. During this time it has accumulated a remarkable biodiversity. Species counts include 350 birds, 310 butterflies, 200 trees, 51 reptiles, 88 moths and 120 mammals, including several primates, among them chimpanzees, black and white colobus, blue monkeys, greycheeked mangabey, L’hoest’s monkey, and the star of the Impenetrable show: the mountain gorilla. 180

ACTIVITIES AND ATTRACTIONS MOUNTAIN GORILLA TRACKING The highlight of a visit to Bwindi is a magical hour in the company of a family of mountain gorillas. Tracking the gorillas can last from a few hours to a whole day, depending on how far the group has moved since it was observed nesting up the previous evening. Bwindi has fifteen habituated gorilla groups that are tracked from trailheads at Buhoma in northwest Bwindi, Ruhija, Nkuringo and Rushaga. Contact time with the gorillas is restricted to one hour and participants must be aged 15 or over. BIRDING Bwindi’s four trailheads all offer excellent birding opportunities with the prospect of checking off forest rarities. The River Ivi Trail between Buhoma and Nkuringo is recommended, as is Buhoma’s forest-edge Munyaga River Trail. Ruhija’s Bamboo Trail, leading to the 2607m Rwamunyoni peak, and Mubwindi Swamp Trail are renowned for Albertine Rift endemics including the localized green broadbill.

The global population of this endangered ape numbers just 800, half of which live in Bwindi and the remainder on the nearby Virunga volcanoes. With 15 family groups habituated for tourism, and with four trail-heads, the Impenetrable is the region’s primary gorilla tracking destination. Eight permits are available each day to track each of these 15 groups, giving a daily total of 120 permits.

NATURE WALKS Though gorilla tracking is the main attraction, other walks provide more relaxed opportunities to explore one of Uganda’s loveliest rainforests. Forest trails lead to scenic waterfalls and ascend to viewpoints for breathtaking views of Bwindi forest, the Albertine Rift Valley and the Virunga volcanoes. COMMUNITY WALKS Community Walks through forest edge villages provide insights into the lives of the local Batwa (Pygmy) and Bakiga peoples.

There is much more to Bwindi than gorilla tracking. Forest trails lead to scenic waterfalls and rift valley viewpoints trails while Community Walks through local villages provide insights into the lives of the Bakiga and Batwa (Pygmy) peoples living beside the forest. Bwindi is one of Uganda’s top birdwatching destinations with many Albertine Rift endemics present, notably in the high, draughty Ruhija sector. 181

8 Mgahinga Gorilla National Park Where Gold Meets Silver

Though Uganda’s smallest park covers just 38km2, it forms part of a far larger, transboundary protected area that protects wildlife and habitats on the Virunga volcanoes in Uganda, Rwanda and Congo. Mgahinga Gorilla National Park enjoys a magnificent setting on the northern slopes of three of the Virunga’s six extinct cones; Mts. Muhuvura, Gahinga and Sabinyo. The park is home to two rare primates, mountain gorillas and golden monkeys, both of which can be tracked through their forest habitat. The volcanic peaks can be climbed; the 4127m Muhuvura provides a stunning 360° regional panorama while Sabinyo’s highest peak offers the rare privilege of standing over 3600m high whilst in three countries at once. A range of habitats, including forest, bamboo and moorland, support a wealth of birdlife including the beautiful Rwenzori turaco. On the lower contours, visitors can follow the Batwa Trail with Batwa (Pygmy) guides to learn about traditional forest life before descending into the Garama Cave, historically the home of the Batwa King, for an unforgettable performance of music and dance. 182

ACTIVITIES AND ATTRACTIONS NTEBEKO VISITOR CENTRE The Visitor Centre at Ntebeko is the trailhead for nature walks, volcano climbs, and golden monkey and gorilla tracking. Exhibits inside the building explore themes relating to the Virunga environment. A trail along the adjacent drystone Buffalo Wall (built to keep animals out of neighbouring farmland) provides good birding and views of the park’s dramatic volcanic backdrop. GORILLA TRACKING Following a trail of trampled and snapped vegetation across the slopes of the Virungas to spend an hour in the company of a family of mountain gorillas ranks among the world’s most sought after wildlife encounters. Contact time with Mgahinga’s habituated gorilla group is restricted to one hour and participants must be aged 15 or over. GOLDEN MONKEY TRACKING Mountain gorillas are not the only endangered primates on the Virungas. The volcanoes are the last stronghold of the golden monkey which can be tracked through its bamboo habitat on the slopes of Mt. Gahinga. As with gorillas, contact time with this rare primate is limited to an hour. Visitors who sign up for the habituation experience, however, can spend all day following this striking orange-coated monkey in the company of researchers. VOLCANO CLIMBING Mgahinga Gorilla NP rises upwards to three of the Virunga’s six volcanic summits, all of which can be climbed in a day. Views from the peaks - into Rwanda and Congo, and towards the Rift Valley and Bwindi Impenetrable Forest - more than justify the effort. The park’s highest peak is Muhavura. The ascent passes through montane forest, bamboo stands and heather groves, before encountering bizarre forms of giant lobelias and groundsels at the summit. The 4,127m summit, which is adorned by a crystal clear crater lake, 40m in diameter, commands panoramic views along the length of the Virunga chain. Mount Gahinga (3,474m) is the smallest of the Virunga volcanoes and its bamboo-covered slopes rise up to a lush, swamp-filled crater, about 180m wide. The jagged crown of Sabinyo bears several summits, the highest of which provides the rare privilege of standing 3,669m high whilst in three (3) countries Uganda, Rwanda and DRC - at once. BIRDING Keen birders can seek rare Albertine Rift endemics and other forest birds in a range of scenic locations that include the Sabinyo Gorge (prime habitat for the beautiful Rwenzori Turaco); the saddle between Mounts Gahinga and Sabinyo; and the Boundary Trail at Ntebeko, with its incomparable volcanic backdrop. THE BATWA TRAIL For generations, Mgahinga’s dense forests were home to the indigenous Batwa Pygmies, hunter-gatherers and warriors, who depended on the forest for shelter, food and medicine. Today, Batwa guides lead visitors through the lower slopes of the forests, introducing them to their old home and demonstrating the skills they used to survive in it. The highlight of the Batwa Trail is the descent into the Garama Cave for a subterranean performance of music and dance.

183

9 Mt. Elgon National Park

The World’s Largest Mountain Caldera

Mt. Elgon is one of the oldest volcanic mountains in Africa and is surrounded by forest, inhabited by mammals and birds. It offers beautiful vistas, numerous caves, cascading waterfalls that enchant you as you enjoy a climb up to the Wagagai peak and caldera. The main peaks form the shattered wall of a collapsed central caldera at 8km in diameter, said to be the world’s largest which contains glacial lakes and hot springs. The 1,145km² Mount Elgon National Park protects the higher slopes of Mount Elgon, an extinct volcano, on the Uganda-Kenya border. The mountain, which measures 80km in diameter, once towered above

Kilimanjaro’s current 5900m. Though now reduced to 4321m, still rises 3000m above the hot, dusty plains of Karamoja to provide a cool respite for humans and a refuge for flora and fauna. Tourist activities on the mountain cater for varying levels of ambition. Visitors can make extended hikes, requiring a minimum of threedays to reach the summits which lie along the jagged rim on a giant caldera, 8km across. Less demandingly, visitors can take day/half day walks through the forest on the lower edge of the park or simply relax in resorts overlooking a chain of delightful waterfalls just outside the park at Sipi. ACTIVITIES AND ATTRACTIONS Tourist activities on the mountain cater for various levels of ambition. Visitors can make extended hikes to the summits, or take day/half day walks through forest on the lower edge of the park. MOUNTAIN CLIMBING An ascent of Mount Elgon represents an exciting alternative to longer and more strenuous climbs on East Africa’s higher mountains. Elgon offers comparable attractions, including Afromontane botany, with a milder climate and lower elevation. No special equipment or technical experience is required. A number of routes ascend, the summit of Mount Elgon. The Sasa Trail ascends to the 4321m Wagagai peak from the small town of Budadiri (1250m a.s.l.) in the Sironko Valley. The shortest and most direct option, it is possible to reach the summit and descend to Budadiri in 3 or (more comfortably) 4-days. The Sipi Trail follows a longer but gentler route, starting 800 higher than Budadiri at UWA’s Forest Exploration Centre at Kapkwai (2050m).

184

A highlight of any ascent of Mount Elgon is the traverse through the distinctive vegetation zones found only on East Africa’s highest mountains. The lowest of these zones, between the park boundary and the 2500m contour is montane forest. This gives way to bamboo (2,500-3,000m) followed by groves of giant heather (3000-3500m). Above 3500m, the mountainside opens into moorland dotted with outlandish forms of giant lobelias and groundsels. FOREST WALKS Trails of varying length explore the forest around the Forest Exploration Centre passing caves, waterfalls and viewpoints and providing the opportunity to observe birds - including African goshawk, Chubb’s cisticola, white-chinned prinia and African blue flycatcher – and primates. OUTSIDE THE PARK Sipi Falls The 7km section of the Sipi Valley immediately outside the national park is improbably scenic as the river plunges over three sets of basalt cliffs during its decent to the plains beneath. These have given rise to a cluster of tourist lodges and a variety of activities. Mountain Biking Mountain bike excursions range from casual exploration of many lovely trails in the vicinity, to the challenging Elgon Enduro hosted by Sipi River Lodge. Rock Climbing Many of the basalt cliffs around Sipi have been bolted and can safely be climbed. Contact Sipi River Lodge or the Mountain Club of Uganda for details. Fly Fishing Fisherman can cast a line for rainbow trout on the Sipi River between the park boundary and the highest of the three waterfalls at Sipi. Again, contact Sipi River Lodge for details. Coffee Tour Uganda’s finest coffee is produced from Arabica beans grown on Mount Elgon. Take a guided tour of a coffee garden to see how the beans are grown and ground. 185

10 Semuliki National Park The True Birders Haven

The forested, 220km2 Semuliki National Park occupies an isolated slice of Ugandan territory beyond the Rwenzori mountain on the broad floor of the Albertine Rift Valley. Thanks to its great age (it predates the last Ice Age) and links with the Congo-Guinea biome (Semuliki represents the easternmost extent of the Congo’s huge Ituri Forest) the park contains an exceptionally rich and varied biodiversity. The forest is particularly exciting for birdwatchers with 441 recorded species that include 216 forest birds and 80 Central African species found in few, if any, other forests in East Africa. Black dwarf hornbill, shining blue kingfisher, Nkulengu rail and yellowthroated nicator are just a few random highlights cited by the park’s experienced guides.

and white colobus monkeys, and baboons. Angulates encountered are waterbucks, warthogs, bush bucks, buffaloes, Uganda kobs, and elephants. GAME DRIVES There are three tracks across the savannah grassland of Toro Semliki Wildlife Reserve. Smaller forest and larger savannah elephants are regularly seen, along with buffalo, waterbucks, warthog, and Uganda kob. With luck, you may even see leopard and elusive bushbabies. Game drives in the wildlife reserve are done in the morning, afternoon, and at night. After dark, visitors may come across curious nocturnal species such as the white tailed mongoose. NATURE WALK This takes 3-hours and goes through a variety of habitats ranging from savannah woodland to riverine forest. Species encountered on this walk include; ground hornbills, warthogs, Uganda kobs, baboons, black and white colobus and vervet monkeys.

ACTIVITIES AND ATTRACTIONS

COMMUNITY TOURISM The Karugutu Community Conservation Association (KCCA) is a community based association whose objective is conservation education through Music, Dance and Drama (MDD). They organize traditional dances and have a shop for handcrafts at the entrance of the reserve. Members of the KCCA perform for visitors.

PRIMATE WALK This walk takes 3 to 4-hours and is conducted near Semliki Safari Lodge where you will meet our experienced ranger guides. Key primate species on this walk include chimpanzees, red-tailed, vervet, black

BOAT RIDE This is conducted on Lake Albert and the main attractions are shoebills, African pygmy goose, blue-breasted and blue-cheeked bee-eaters and blue-headed coucal.

Nor will primatologists be disappointed either; an astonishing 15 species of primate can be found within 6km of the primeval hot springs that bubble out of the rift valley floor near the park’s tourism office at Sempaya.

186

HIKE TO NYABUROGO GORGE This is an ideal walk for birders that starts right at the Reserve Headquarters. It is a 7km hike that goes through a diversity of habitats including savanna, woodland and a forest in the gorge. Common birds sighted include: Arrow marked babbler, tropical boubal, black-headed bushrike, luhdrers bushrike and primates including black and white colobus, baboons, vervets and occasionally the chimpanzees. WILDLIFE HABITATS The Toro semliki plain is predominantly grassy savanna and acacia-combretum woodland echoeing Murchison Falls National Park at the northern end of Lake Albert. Stands of borassus palms, lake shore marshland and broad river valleys filled with beautiful gallery forests all add variety. Lake Albert lies outside the reserve but can be visited for canoing and bird watching. WILDLIFE IN TORO SEMLIKI Toro semliki contains the same key species as Queen Elizabeth and Murchison Falls National Parks; elephant, buffalo, Uganda kob, waterbuck, warthog, giant forest hog and hippopotamus. Primates include chimpanzees, baboons and monkeys including vervet, red-tailed and black and white colobus. Uniquely, the 200 strong elephant population includes savanah and forest elephant plus a hybrid form from inter-breeding. Researchers from the University of Indiana have been studying chimpanzees in the reverine forest at Mugiri close to Semliki Safari Lodge. There are chances of encountering the Chimpanzees when you take a primate walk. The reserve boosts of 440 bird species including red-necked falcon, black-billed barbet and the turkey like Abyssinian ground-hornbill. The shoebill is usually sighted in the marshes of Lake Albert. www.ugandawildlife.org 187

CHAPTER 5

SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATIONS

188

189

Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation (MoSTI)

Dr. Elioda Tumwesigye, MP

Hon. Minister of Science, Technology and Innovation

Science and Technology have transformed many countries around the world into industrialized economies even with little, minimal or no natural resources. Without Science and Technology, manufacturing could not be achieved, (Ilori et al., 2002).

Partners, Non-Government Organizations, Small Medium Enterprises, the Academia, Researchers, Manufacturers, Innovators, Scientists and the Private Sector among others; iii. Mobilizing resources necessary for effective management of ST&I efforts in the country, their coordination and implementation, and monitoring and evaluating of their outcome to foster development; iv. Putting in place the necessary infrastructure for ST&I including skills development, centers of excellence, science and technological parks, private sector partnerships, incubation parks, and innovation hubs. This will also be achieved by providing incentives to Ugandans living in the diaspora to invest at home and also encourage them to participate in technology transfer; v. Promoting exploitation of patents and Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) arising out of ST&I efforts for commercialization of products; vi. Providing technical support for Uganda’s bilateral and multilateral science and technology programs. MoSTI has to date created collaborations with ST&I stakeholder’s e.g. USAID, UNCTAD, University of Massachusetts Institute of Science and Technology among others; vii. Supporting public private partnerships in Science, Technology and Innovation. Government will target areas for innovation and link up with private sector innovators, with a view of developing viable solutions for commercialisation; viii. Innovation centers for incubation of private technological innovations be established and supported in all science public universities as a means of nurturing indigenous private sector enterprises and technology;

Ben Shaw, Director of Finance for new ventures at the Cambridge Innovation Center in Boston commented, “Innovation is important because it’s really the start-ups that create jobs. In the US, they create three million jobs a year. However it all starts with a well thought out Road Map/strategy for implementation for which we are here to improve. This plan seeks to contribute to the realization of a middle income sustainable society by 2030, putting an end to all forms of poverty, fighting inequality, and coping with climate change under the slogan, “no one is left behind.” The Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation (MoSTI) is on a journey to fulfill the Vision 2040, National Development Plan II (NDPII), the ruling National Resistance Movement Manifesto 2016-2021 and the 23 Presidential strategic guidelines and directives by;

Formulating of Policies, Strategies and Legal Framework pertaining to Science, Technology and Innovation in the country; ii. Identifying and aligning National Science, Technology and Innovation (ST&I) priorities with the broader National Development Goals. This is achieved through the sector working group that includes other sectors, Ministries, Development 190

The Chairperson Bioinnovative Africa Program Advisory Committee Prof. Diran Makinde (RIP) and the Permanent Secretary MoSTI, David O. O. Obong. Looking on is the Under Secretary MosTI, Mugunga Emanuel Freddie

ix. Enhancing value addition for traditional and non-

traditional exports to increase export earnings through agro-processing, mineral beneficiation and selective manufacturing; and x. Supporting research institutions carrying out research in agriculture together with other scientists at universities. The Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation of the Republic of Uganda and the Ministry of Science & Higher Education of the Russian Federation are currently exploring areas of scientific, technological and research cooperation. The priority areas include: research and technologies for exploration and development of mineral resources; satellite technology and remote sensing; ecology and rational use of natural resources; research in the field of Agriculture and efficient land use; biotechnology; chemistry; petrochemicals research; and basic research in nuclear physics.

H.E. Alexander Polyakn (right, sitting), the Russian Ambassador to Uganda and his delegation, and the Minister for Science, Technology and Innovation, Dr. Elioda Tumwesigye (left, sitting) and the Ministry’s Under Secretary and Directors

Actions will include strengthening partnerships between Universities and research institutions in both countries for joint research and development activities; conducting feasibility and other studies; as well as supporting business to business collaboration including establishment of joint companies.

Janzi: the 22 string musical instrument tuned in two (2) different scales (Diatonic on the left and Pentatonic on the right), an innovation of Uganda Folk Musician

James Ssewakiryanga aka Ssea Ssewa. The instrument has already been patented

Exhibition of sericulture technologies and innovation

The Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation took part in the Third Parliament Week Exhibition at Parliament under the theme Championing

Accountability to Improve Service Delivery. In our tent were our agencies including Uganda Industrial Research Institute and Kiira Motors Corporation. Above is a group photo with the signature Kiira pose Hon. Elioda Tumwesigye sharing Tooke products from the Presidential Initiative on Banana Industrial Development

(PIBID) with Dr. Sue Desmond Chief Executive Officer of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation after meeting with her to discuss future partnership with MoSTI

Contact us: Ministry of Science, Technology & Innovation. Lumumba Avenue, Rumee Building | P.O. Box 7466, Kampala, Uganda Tel: +(256) 4147888200 | mosti.go.ug 191

ESTABLISHMENT OF THE KIIRA VEHICLE PLANT IN UGANDA Kiira Motors Corporation (KMC) is a State Enterprise, established to undertake the commercialisation of the Kiira Electric Vehicle Project, championing value addition in the domestic automotive industry for job and wealth creation. The Equity Partners in KMC are: The Government of the Republic of Uganda represented by the Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation (96%) and Makerere University (4%). The Ministry of Science Technology and Innovation is mandated to provide policy guidance and oversight to KMC.

192

H.E. Yoweri Kaguta Museveni Launches the Kayoola Solar Bus on 16th February 2016, at the Kampala Serena Hotel 193

The market entry strategy is assembly of vehicles in partnership with reputable Automotive Manufacturer(s) and progressive development of automotive local content participation through technology transfer. KMC has laid out three (3) strategic pillars for driving business value and success: 1. Value for the Customer, envisaged to be realized through assembly of competitively priced vehicles to enable progressive customer shift from imported used vehicles to brand new vehicles starting with buses; 2. Opportunity for the Community, to be realized through a diverse spectrum of sustainable jobs created directly at KMC, and diversification of the economy through investments by the private sector in domestic auto parts manufacturing and services to the Kiira Vehicle Plant; and 3. Profit for the Shareholders, Vehicles Made in Uganda is based on a positive business case to ensure that the Shareholders realize an early return on investment. The strategic objectives of KMC therefore are to: 1. Set up and operate vehicle plants and service centers for the assembly and sale of vehicles, and provision of vehicle support products and services that exceed customer expectation; 2. Facilitate the transfer and domestication of vehicle technology for the enhancement of automotive local content participation through strategic alliances with both domestic and international actors; 3. Provide policy advisory and advocacy for developing a sustainable business environment for the domestic automotive market place; and 4. Set up and operate cutting edge vehicle support infrastructure such as charging stations and facilities to support electric, autonomous and connected vehicles. Cabinet approved the Commercialisation of the Kiira Electric Vehicle Project as the best policy option following a comprehensive appraisal and approval of the Feasibility Study for Setting Up and Operating the Kiira Vehicle Plant by the Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development. At the same meeting, Cabinet approved the roadmap for the Commercialisation of the Kiira Electric Vehicle Project along with a Seed Fund of UGX 143.7 Billion over a period of four (4) years starting in the Financial Year 2018/19 under the Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation.

Kiira Motors Chief Executive Officer and the Managing Director of National Enterprise Corporation at the signing of the Memorandum of Understanding for construction of the Vehicle Start Up Plant Facilities 194

IMPLEMENTATION OF THE ROADMAP FOR COMMERCIALISATION OF THE KIIRA ELECTRIC VEHICLE PROJECT Construction of the Kiira Vehicle Plant Start-Up Facilities 1. Government through Uganda Investment Authority allocated 100 acres of land in the Jinja Industrial and Business Park for setting up the Kiira Vehicle Plant. The Environmental Impact Assessment, Geotechnical Analysis, Cadastral and Topographical Surveys were completed and Certificate of Title folio number FRVJJA262 FOL.3 issued to KMC. 2. The detailed design specifications and Bills of Quantities for the Kiira Vehicle Plant Start-Up Facilities were completed and approved by the relevant authorities. The Start-Up Facilities are designed to have an initial installed capacity of 5,000 Vehicles per annum, and include the Assembly Shop, Office Block, Circulation Roads, Power and Water Distribution Systems, Waste Management Facilities, Fence and Gate Facilities, Drainage System and Key Vehicle Test Facilities. 3. The construction and installation of a 3.7km long 33kV electricity line connecting the Kiira Vehicle

ECO-BUS Bus Stop

The President of the Republic of Uganda, H.E. Yoweri Kaguta Museveni launches the Kiira EV on 11th November 2011, at Makerere University 195

Kayoola Solar Bus

Plant Site to the National Electricity Grid was completed. 4. The construction and installation of a 5.4 km long 6-inch water pipeline connecting the Kiira Vehicle Plant Site to the Municipal water supply was completed. 5. Opening up of key circulation roads, clearance and fencing of the plant site are expected to be completed by December 2019. 6. KMC and National Enterprise Corporation (NEC) signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) for Construction of Kiira Vehicle Plant Start-Up Facilities-Phase I based on the Force Account Mechanism provided for under Section 95(A) of the Public Procurement and Disposal of Public Assets Act, 2003 (as amended). The Kiira Vehicle Plant Site was handed over to NEC on 18th January, 2019 and commenced work on the 12th of February, 2019. Construction is expected to take two and a half years with completion slated for June 2021. The Scope of Works is: a. Clearance of 100 acres of land at Plot No. 701, Block 2 Kagogwa Village, Mawoito Parish, Kakira Town Council; b. Construction of the Fence and Gates: 3.6 km Perimeter Chain Link Fence supported by concrete poles and struts and Metal Grill Gates; c. Excavation of a 1.4 km Open Channel to enhance site drainage; d. Construction of the Assembly Shop, Offices, R&D Space, Materials Storage Areas, Overhead Water Reservoir, Container Yards, Finished Vehicle Park Yard, and Plant Monument; and e. Construction and installation of Servicing Facilities including the Plant Campus Circulation Roads, Power Distribution, Water Distribution, Information Technology Network Backbone, Drainage and Waste (Water and Solid) Management Systems. 196

NEC shall source construction materials (Murram/Gravel-840,000 tonnes, sand-800,000 tonnes, cement-5,000 tonnes, aggregates-217,000 tonnes, Hardcore-140,000 tonnes, timber, structural & reinforcement steel, iron sheets-52,000 sheets, chainlink, furniture, Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), plumbing materials, etc.) estimated at over UGX 28Bn within Uganda. ENHANCING VALUE ADDITION IN THE AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY IN UGANDA [0.18% Value Added in 2019 to 20% Value Added by 2030] Enhancing Value Addition in the Automotive Industry estimated to stand at 0.18% on the backdrop of the growing regional Automotive Market (Approx. 300,000 Vehicles Annually (2019) projected to grow to 630,000 Vehicles Annually by 2032). The key issues to be addressed are: 1. Predominant importation of fully built units (100% of annual turnover of USD 450 million, 2017) and outmoded vehicles, 85% used vehicles at an average age of 16 years at importation into the Country. Motors Vehicles are the second most valued import in Uganda after Petroleum. This contributes to trade deficit, hemorrhaging of foreign exchange, increasing transport based emissions: 465g/KM (2005) - 503g/KM (2014); UNECE recommendation:175g/KM (2016-2021) and low fuel efficiency: 13.7L/100KM; UNECE recommendation 7.2L/100KM; 2. Proliferation of counterfeits and substandard auto-parts resulting into high rate of road accidents (14, 474 accidents, 2016) and high vehicle downtime; 3. Inadequate infrastructure to support the Automotive Industry Value Chain (high electricity tariffs, under developed rail system, no automotive supplier parks as such the few private sector investments are small and scattered such as Uganda Batteries Limited, Nile Batteries Limited, Metu-Zhongtong Bus Assembly;

Uganda Bus Body Builders - Rubaga etc.); 4. Low & isolated automotive industry value addition investments (vehicle plants, auto parts and component manufacturing, recycling facilities for vehicles to reclaim materials, etc.) on the backdrop of exportation of unprocessed minerals. This is resulting into high costs along the Value Chain: cost of capital for local manufacturers; operational expenditure for value addition (high energy tariffs); and high interest rates for asset and end-user financing); and 5. Insufficient Human Capital Development to support the Automotive Industry Value Chain leading to inadequate skills and competencies for Automotive Engineering, Manufacturing, Assembly, Distribution & Sales, and Maintenance.

The Kiira EVS flagged off as the main Exhibit during the Budget Week Match in Kampala City by the Minister of Finance, Planning and Economic Development, Hon. Matia Kasaija

The aim is to build Uganda’s nascent Automotive Industry into a vibrant sector by attending to the current uncoordinated investment, small-scale production and the importation of end-of life vehicle technology. The goal is 20% Value Added in the Automotive Industry in Uganda by 2030. Specifically, the objectives are: 1. To stimulate and promote automotive engineering, auto parts and components

The Kiira EVS as the main Exhibit during the Budget Week Match in Kampala City 197

The Kiira EVS 5. To enhance Enterprise and Human Capital Development across the Automotive Industry Value Chain. Eco-Bus Pilot Project in Kampala City KMC is exploring piloting electric buses for mass mobility in Kampala City with the aspiration of creating a total Public Transport Solution for Urban Centres in Sub-Saharan Africa. Kampala Capital City Authority has designed a Multi-Modal Urban Transport Master Plan, 2018-2040 to guide the development of a sustainable transport system for the Greater Kampala Metropolitan Area (GKMA). The first test drives of the Kayoola EVS celebrated by Members from the KMC Management Team, Engineering Team, Parliamentary Committee on Science and Technology, and the Leadership from the Ministry of Science, Technology & Innovation manufacturing, and vehicle assembly in Uganda through technology transfer with strategic global Automotive Industry players. and regulate the importation of outmoded Automotive Technology; 2. To put in place mechanisms to curb the proliferation of counterfeits and substandard auto-parts with the view of establishing an internationally competitive automotive industry in Uganda through standardization and regulation; 3. To establish the infrastructure relevant for supporting the Automotive Industry Value Chain (Vehicle Assembly Plants, Supplier Parks, Recycling Facilities, Standard Gauge Railways, etc.); 4. To promote multi-sectoral backward, forward and lateral linkages along the Automotive Industry Value Chain and with adjacent industries (Energy – Solar for Mobility, Agriculture - Fibre from Banana Stems, Interior Upholstery from Cotton and Animal Hides, Minerals – Automotive Steel, Silica – Sheet Glass for Automotive, Cobalt – Lithium Ion Batteries, Transport – Building on the Kayoola Electric Bus to develop a Comprehensive Urban Public Transport Solution ,etc.); and 198

The Master Plan prospects the solution to the transportation challenges facing the city; rapid growth in motor traffic; increasing air pollution; and lack of adequate infrastructure; to ease mobility and improve productivity. This Master Plan is envisaged to be actualized in five (5) Phases: Pilot Phase (2018-2021); Short-Term (2022-2025); Mid-Term (20262030); Long-Term (2031-2035); and Horizon (2036-2040). Topical among the activities of the Pilot Phase is the design and build of the BRT Pilot with Scheduled Eco-Bus Service running both clockwise and anti-clockwise in dedicated lanes covering the Ring-Road from the Constitutional Square-Nakawa-Ntinda via Stretcher Road-Bukoto-Mulago-WandegeyaConstitutional Square, approximately 16 km

(Left to Right), Makerere University Council Chairperson Eng. Dr. Wana Etyem, KMC Executive Chairperson Hon. Prof. Sandy Steven Tickodri Togboa and KMC CEO Mr. Paul Isaac Musasizi, exhibit the Kiira SMACK to the First Lady Hon. Janet Kataha Museveni at the Kiira Motors Business Case Launch in December 2015 The Proposed Kiira Vehilce Plant

initially with 100 Eco-Buses to be scaled to 500 Eco-Buses for the Greater Kampala Metropolitan Area. This project is to receive financing through a highly concessional facility from the Africa Development Bank. The prospect of the Eco-Bus Pilot Project builds on the project running jointly between KMC and the Technology Partner from China where two Electric Buses for Uganda have been developed and were due to

Aerial View of the Proposed Kiira Vehicle Star-Up Plant Facilities

be on the road in Kampala by December 2019, as part of the Market Validation Process. Kiira Motors Corporation has therefore proposed a strategy for implementing the Eco-Bus Pilot project capitalizing on progressive enhancement of local content participation along the entire project value chain while delivering a sustainable solution, which Uganda could potentially market in the region.

The ECO-BUS Charging and Service Park Plot 13, Kimera Road, Ntinda, Kampala, Uganda | Phone: +256 393 517888 | Email: info@kiiramotors.com | kiiramotors.com 199

CHAPTER 6

OIL AND GAS

200

201

UNOC: Your Partner in Uganda’s oil and gas sector The Uganda National Oil Company (UNOC) was established under Section 42 of the Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act and Section 7 of the Petroleum (Refining, Conversion, Transmission, and Midstream Storage) Act both of 2013. UNOC was incorporated under the Companies’ Act of 2012 as a limited liability company wholly owned by the Government of Uganda.

MANDATE

To handle the Government of Uganda’s commercial interests in the petroleum sector and to ensure that the resource is exploited in a sustainable manner.

UNOC CEO, Proscovia Nabbanja

202

Vision

To be an innovative and profitable company that operates across the petroleum value chain for the benefit of all Ugandans.

Mission

To drive sustainable growth in the oil and gas sector through strategic partnerships and championing national participation.

STRATEGIC THEMES Invest in people: An empowered workforce focused on innovative and continuous improvement of the organization and ourselves. Partner strategically: Long term relationships built on synergies that deliver projects as planned, create commercial benefits, share risks and ultimately transfer knowledge and build national capacity. Build the business: Fit for purpose systems, processes, policies and procedures resulting in operational excellence (safe, efficient, effective, compliant, self-sustaining, cash flows) underpinned by international standards and practice.

Core Values • • • • • • •

Safety First Concern for the Environment Continuous Improvement Teamwork Innovation People-Oriented Integrity

GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE UNOC is governed through: • Shareholders • Board of Directors • Executive Committee 203

Photo taken during the Members of Parliament Workshop on Oil & Gas. Front row 3rd from left is the Minister of Energy and Mineral Development, Hon. Irene Muloni and to her right is the Speaker of the Parliament of Uganda, Hon. Rebecca Kadaga Our shareholders are: • Minister of Energy and Mineral Development (51%) • Minister of Finance, Planning and Economic Development (49%) The Inaugural Board of Directors is chaired by Mr. Emmanuel Katongole. Other Board Members are: Mr. Francis Nagimesi, Eng. Irene Batebe, Mr. Francis Twinamatsiko, Hon. Grace Tubwita Bagaya, Mr. Godfrey Andama, and Ms. Stella Marie Biwaga. The Management team of UNOC is headed by the Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The team is composed of Ms. Proscovia Nabbanja (CEO); Mr. Peter Muliisa (Chief Legal & Corporate Affairs Officer); Mr. Emmanuel Mugagga (Chief Financial Officer); Mr. Golbert Kamuntu, (Chief Commercial Officer); Mr. John Bosco Habumugisha (General Manager, National Pipeline Company Limited); and Dr. Michael Nkambo Mugerwa (General Manager, Uganda Refinery Holding Company Limited).

UNOC SUBSIDIARIES UNOC has two wholly-owned subsidiaries; Uganda Refinery Holding Company Limited (URHC) and National Pipeline Company Limited (NPC). URHC will hold a participating interest of up to 40% in the Refinery and its attendant infrastructure such as the refined product pipeline on behalf of UNOC and the Government of Uganda. NPC will hold a participating interest of up to 15% in the 1445 Km East African Crude Oil Pipeline (EACOP) on behalf of UNOC and Government of Uganda. NPC will also develop, manage and operate downstream storage terminals to cushion the country from petroleum product supply disruptions. 204

UNOC BUSINESS The Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act 2013 mandates UNOC to manage State Participation in petroleum activities and to investigate and propose new upstream, midstream and downstream ventures. UNOC is also mandated to investigate and propose new upstream, midstream and downstream ventures initially locally and eventually internationally. In line with this mandate, UNOC plans to start new upstream ventures and is currently reviewing data relating to some prospects in Albertine Graben. In addition, UNOC has ongoing and future midstream and downstream operations.

UPSTREAM Uganda’s confirmed petroleum resource base is currently estimated at 6.5 billion barrels of Stock Tank Oil-Initially-In-Place (STOIIP). Of this, between 1.4 to 1.7 billion barrels are estimated to be recoverable. In the upstream petroleum subsector, UNOC plays two roles: 1. State Participation in the existing production licenses; and 2. Exploration and New Ventures.

1. STATE PARTICIPATION UNOC is mandated to manage 15% participating interest of the State in the nine (9) Petroleum Production Licenses covering fields that are planned to be developed as part of the Tilenga and Kingfisher Projects.

1.1 THE TILENGA PROJECT The Tilenga Project is operated by TOTAL and is planned to develop the oil and gas fields in Contract Area (CA)-1 and Licence Area (LA)2 North through a Central Processing Facility (CPF) with capacity of 190,000 barrels of oil per day (bopd), located in the north of Lake Albert, in Buliisa district. Our partners are Tullow Uganda Limited, Tullow Uganda Operations Pty Limited, CNOOC Uganda Limited and Total E&P Uganda B.V.

BULIISA CPF

Surface Facilities Front-End Engineering Design (FEED) was completed in May 2018 and the outcome will lead to the award of the Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) contract for the CPF. The EPC contract will be awarded when the project’s Final Investment Decision (FID) is taken. Detailed engineering and design for the Enabling Infrastructure was also completed.

KINGFISHER CPF

Location of the Tilenga and Kingfisher Projects, Albertine Graben 205

Drilling and Wells Selection of the preferred providers for the drilling and wells contract packages was completed. The contracts are planned to be awarded after taking FID. The drilling Basis of Design (BoD) was completed and detailed engineering for the development wells started.

Support Activities Geotechnical and Geophysical Surveys of the areas where the surface facilities (CPF, well pads, Nile Crossing, Infield flow lines, water abstraction stations and Feeder pipeline) will be located were completed.

The Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) was completed, and certificate issued by NEMA, April 2019. The application for Lake Albert water abstraction is still under consideration by GoU. The Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) for the project is phased. Implementation of RAP-1 (Industrial Area and 1 access road) over 90% complete while studies for RAP-2&3 (well pads, access roads, flow-lines, and water abstraction units), RAP4 (feeder pipeline, associated roads & mobile camps), and RAP-5 (upgrade of some roads) are ongoing.

1.2 THE KINGFISHER PROJECT The Project is operated by CNOOC and is planned to develop the Kingfisher oil field in the Kingfisher Development Area (KFDA) and the Mputa-NziziWaraga fields in LA-2 through a CPF with capacity of 40,000 bopd. Our partners are Tullow Uganda Limited, Total E&P Uganda B.V and CNOOC Uganda Limited.

Surface Facilities The Front-End Engineering Design (FEED) was completed in February 2018 and the selection of the providers for EPC-1 (Pre-drilling civil works for pads), EPC-2 (Oil field infrastructure), and EPC-3 (oilfield treatment facilities, CPF, infield flowlines, 206

An artistic model of the Kingfisher Central Processing Facility water abstraction stations, temporary camps) was completed. Selection of the contractor for EPC-4 (Feeder pipeline), and Main power generation station is ongoing. The EPC contracts will be awarded after the project FID is taken.

Drilling and Wells The drilling and completion basic design was completed. Well drilling and completions program preparation and detailed engineering design are ongoing. Selection of the providers for the integrated drilling and completions services was also completed. The contracts are planned to be awarded after FID.

Support Activities Geotechnical and Geophysical Surveys for Feeder pipeline was completed. The ESIA was also completed and submitted to NEMA in January 2019. Public Hearing was conducted on 19th and 21st June 2019. Lake Albert water abstraction permitting is ongoing. Implementation of RAP-1 (CPF, well pads & water intake station) and RAP-2 (Feeder pipeline, infield flowlines & temporary camp) are ongoing.

Commercial Agreements Negotiations between GoU and the Licensees on the following upstream commercial agreements, is ongoing; UNOC Back-in, Common Development, Tariff and Transportation, Production Metering & Allocation, and Cost Allocation.

2. EXPLORATION AND NEW VENTURES UNOC is uniquely positioned to play a key role in ensuring the sustainability of petroleum production through reserves replacement for the country. UNOC has embarked on exploration and new ventures to optimize production sustainability and tap into the production stream to sustain the production plateau for longer than planned for the projects under development. UNOC has acquired data over unlicensed prospective areas and continues to undertake detailed evaluation of the data and is in the process of obtaining exploration licenses. 207

208

We see ourselves as a new sector player that can drive exploration through strategic partnerships whilst building our skills and capacity to be an independent operator in the long term.

MIDSTREAM The midstream sector is driven by UNOC’s two wholly-owned subsidiaries; Uganda Refinery Holding Company Limited (URHC) and National Pipeline Company Limited (NPC). For more information, please contact: Uganda National Oil Company Plot 15 Yusuf Lule Road P.O. Box 36316 Kampala Telephone: +256-414-231921 | Email: info@unoc.co.ug www.unoc.co.ug 209

National Pipeline Company (NPC)

The National Pipeline Company Uganda Limited was incorporated in April 2017 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of UNOC. The mandate of NPC includes (among others): 1. Ownership, Operation, and Maintenance of Oil and Gas Pipelines, Terminals, and related facilities and Services; 2. Downstream Trading Operations: Importation, Storage, Wholesale and Exportation of Petroleum Products; and 3. Investment in partnerships and strategic alliances in the above business areas.

NPC’s current business includes: a) Rehabilitation, re-engineering, and stocking of Jinja Storage Terminal (JST); b) Development of Kampala Storage Terminal (KST), (formally referred to as Buloba Terminal); c) Investment in the East African Crude Oil Pipeline (EACOP); d) Downstream Trading Operations; and e) Joint Venture (JV) businesses in related facilities and services.

EAST AFRICAN CRUDE OIL PIPELINE (EACOP) Background

The National Pipeline Company will hold a participating interest of up to 15% in the East African Crude Oil Pipeline (EACOP) on behalf of UNOC and the Government of Uganda. The EACOP Project includes the construction and operation of 1443 km of insulated 24-inch pipeline through Uganda and Tanzania. The Uganda-Tanzania Inter-Governmental Agreement was signed on 26th May 2017. 210

integrated all project constraints, including technical (slopes, road/ river crossings, geohazards, weather conditions), environmental (national parks, reserves/forest areas), and social constraints (avoid resettlements). One of the main objectives of the studies is to identify a route that minimizes impacts on the environment, local communities, and project development costs while offering the highest system availability to ensure continuous and safe operations. The Kabaale-Tanga route was selected by Government of Uganda as the least cost route. The pipeline and facilities will be designed to export the crude oil from Hoima in Uganda. In Uganda, the pipeline will traverse 10 districts including Kikuube, Hoima, Kakumiro, Kyankwazi, Mubende, Gomba, Sembabuke, Lwengo, Rakai and Kyotera.

Where are we now

This pipeline will have six (6) intermediate pumping stations and a marine export terminal at Chongoleani, near Tanga Port. It encompasses block valves, fiber optic cable and high voltage lines to supply power to the various trace heating stations. Due to the waxy nature of our oil, the pipeline and the fluid will be heated above 50°C. Once completed, the EACOP project will be the longest electrically heated pipeline in the world. Various pre-development studies have been carried out on the pipeline route. The aim of the studies was to identify the least cost and most viable route to export oil from Uganda. These studies have

The EACOP Project is currently at the detailed design phase. The aim is to perform and complete all the required engineering analyses, undertake procurement processes of the Long Lead Items (LLI) and construction management of the pipeline and facilities. The Engineering, Procurement, Construction and Management (EPCM) early activities including FEED validation are carried out by Worley Parsons as the EACOP project awaits the Final Investment Decision (FID). After FID, then the EPCM contract will be awarded. The EPCM deliverables will include among others a set of in-built drawings and technical specifications. Once the detailed design is complete, the execution phase will commence. The execution phase encompasses the construction activities. Once the execution phase is complete, the pipeline and facilities will be tested and commissioned. And then operational phase will commence.

Organization A Pipeline Project Team (PPT) has been established by Government of Uganda, Government of Tanzania and upstream partners.

Social and Environment Activities The Environmental Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) study was completed in 2018 and submitted to the National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) for review and approval. In parallel to the ESIA study, a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) study was conducted to address land access and acquisition matters. The RAP field activities were completed, and a comprehensive plan prepared, which will be implemented along the pipeline route.

Logistics and Infrastructure The EACOP project requires movement of more than 500,000 tons of materials and equipment along the pipeline route in a period of less than two years. Preliminary logistics studies have identified existing “bottlenecks” requiring upgrades (roads, ports, bridge). The oil companies are working closely with the Government of Uganda and Tanzania on the implementation of the required upgrades. 211

Early Works and Long Lead Items

Project Financing

Early Project activities which are related to the pipeline coating plant(s), access to some locations and ordering some Long Lead Items are being analyzed. They also include material and equipment that must be available soon after FID (first batch of steel pipes, coating products, trailers) or those which could have a long delivery time (power generator, pumps, etc.)

The EACOP Project will be funded through a mix of equity & project financing, ranging between 60% to 70% of external debt. The EACOP Project lead sponsor is developing a detailed financing plan in parallel with the EPCM early activities.

Agreements

The project schedule is targeting first oil in the pipeline by end of 2021. The main activities during the pre-FID period are the FEED, ESIA, RAP, Early works/LLI, CFTs for the various packages related to the project execution phase, the project financing and the establishment of the project commercial and legal structure. The planned project contracting strategy shall be based on competitive bid process of the various construction packages.

The Inter-Governmental Agreement (IGA), which is the cornerstone on which the project will be built, was signed by the two Governments of Uganda and Tanzania on 26th May 2017 and ratified by the respective Parliaments. The IGA was followed by the Host Government Agreements (HGA) which defines the rights and obligations of each State and the EACOP project. Negotiations of the HGAs are ongoing. The project will also need a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) (referred to as Pipe Co) to construct, own and operate the EACOP system. The related main agreements will be Pipe Co Shareholders’ Agreement, Transportation Agreement between Shippers and Pipe Co, and Project Financing agreements. These agreements will provide a robust commercial and legal structure for the project which is critical to achieving project financing and project viability for several decades. 212

Project Execution

The project execution phase duration is estimated at 36 months. It includes detailed engineering, procurement of materials and equipment, construction of the pipeline and above ground facilities. The schedule is tight, but the project is being developed in a fast track mode with the full support of the Government of Uganda and of Government of Tanzania.

JINJA STORAGE TERMINAL (JST) JST was established in the 1970’s as a strategic reserve, to enhance security of petroleum supply in Uganda. Financing and management of strategic reserves became a challenge, requiring sustainable management approaches. The Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development handed over to the Terminal to UNOC for its management and operation in May 2017. UNOC entered into a Joint Venture with M/s One Petroleum Ltd, to ensure rehabilitation, operation and management of the terminal to industry standards. The terminal was fully rehabilitated. UNOC currently manages and operates the 30 million litre capacity Jinja Storage Terminal (JST) in Eastern Uganda. Plans are underway to construct facilities for receiving fuel by Barge via Lake Victoria.

KAMPALA STORAGE TERMINAL (KST) The Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development acquired 300 acres of land for development of the Kampala Storage Terminal, KST. The project was handed over UNOC/NPC to implement the development and operation of the Terminal. The Project Development Plan was completed; and UNOC/NPC is set to secure a development partner with funding and experience in the development and operation of petroleum terminals; through a competitive process. UNOC/NPC will hold controlling interest in the terminal. The Terminal will be a hub for all envisaged (inland and transboundary) pipelines for refined products in/through Uganda. The terminal will further enhance reserves of petroleum supply in the country.

DOWNSTREAM PETROLEUM TRADING (BULK TRADING) In April 2018, UNOC/NPC was issued with licenses for the importation, storage, wholesale distribution and exportation of bulk petroleum products. This business process will initially be buttressed by investment in storage terminals (JST and KST). NPC is working with the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development to promote Lake Transport operations to enhance product transportation into the country. These NPC operations will contribute to the achievement of petroleum supply in the country.

Tanzania The EACOP project non-fiscal benefits for Uganda and Tanzania include Job Creation Local Content, new infrastructures, logistics, technology transfer and the enhancement of the Central Corridor between Uganda and Tanzania. It is estimated that during the 3 years construction phase, between 6 000 to 10 000 jobs, and during the operation phase up to 1000 jobs will be created. These estimates are direct hire and do not include indirect or induced jobs. Local content is a key value for the EACOP project participants and will be fully integrated in the contracting strategy as well as the training programs. The project is developing a local content plan to guide the implementation process.

DOWNSTREAM

UNOC is mandated to develop, manage and operate storage terminals as well as hold national strategic fuel reserves to ensure security of supply. This mandate is executed through its wholly owned subsidiary the National Pipeline Company Limited.

For more information, please contact: Uganda National Oil Company Plot 15 Yusuf Lule Road | P.O. Box 36316 Kampala Telephone: +256-414-231921 | Email: info@unoc.co.ug www.unoc.co.ug 213

Kabaale Industrial Park (KIP)

The Government of Uganda acquired 29.57 sq. km of land to be developed into an Oil and Gas Industrial Park, in Kabaale, Hoima District. On January 15, 2018 the project was handed over to UNOC to lead the development, operationalization and management of the Park with a strategic Joint Venture (JV) partner. The Park will comprise of Uganda’s second International Airport, Crude Oil Export hub, Uganda Refinery and Petrochemical & Fertilizer Industries among others. UNOC is in the process of sourcing for a JV partner. UNOC and the JV partner will work together to implement the masterplan and ensure that the Park is established in the most commercially viable manner. The development of Hoima International Airport, the Upstream field projects, the East African Crude Oil Pipeline, and associated critical oil road infrastructure provide immediate KIP development opportunities, which will be available to investors in the Park. UNOC is committed to ensuring lasting benefits to Ugandans and the country at large in this project.

214

Some of the industries that will be in the Park: Low-tech Investments i. ii. iii. iv.

Warehouse & Storage. Freight & Forwarding. Residential. Hospitality.

Mid to High-tech Investments

i. ii. iii. iv. v.

Access Roads & ICT links. Utility Distribution Network. Waste Management. Service & Maintenance. Facilities Management.

High-tech Investments i. Petrochemical Industries. ii. Fertiliser & Agro-products. iii. Mineral Processing. iv. Other Manufacturing. v. Industrial Gases. vi. LPG & Petroleum Products. vii. Science & Technology. viii. Training & Skills Development. 215

The Uganda Refinery Project The Uganda Refinery Project is being implemented by the Uganda Refinery Holding Company, a subsidiary of UNOC, which will hold a participating interest of up to 40% in the Refinery and its attendant infrastructure such as the refined product pipeline on behalf of UNOC and Government of Uganda.

The Uganda Refinery Project includes the construction of a 60,000 barrels per day capacity refinery, a 211 km long multi-products pipeline and storage facilities for the refinery products within the Kampala Storage Terminal (KST). The refinery will be located in Kabaale parish, Buseruka sub-county in Hoima district, and the multi-products pipeline will originate from this site and terminate at the storage facilities in Namwabula, Mpigi district. Designed to process the Ugandan crude oil, the refinery’s petroleum products will include liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), premium and regular gasoline, kerosene, jet fuel, diesel, and low-sulphur fuel oil. URHC will also manage the promotion of the planned Kabaale Industrial Park (KIP). Studies to determine the most technically and commercially feasible refinery design have been undertaken and the Residue Fluid Catalytic Cracker (RFCC) configuration was selected from a range of other options given its desirable products and high rates of return with relatively low capital costs. More detailed engineering design studies are currently underway after the successful completion of the aforementioned feasibility studies. One of the main objectives of the studies is to identify ways to minimize impacts on the environment, on local communities, on project development 216

costs while offering the highest system availability to ensuring continuous and safe operations. The Refinery Project is currently at the FrontEnd Engineering Design (FEED) phase. The aim is to perform and complete all the required engineering analyses and estimate a Lump Sum Turn Key (LSTK) price of the refinery. At the end of FEED, it is expected that the refinery will be technically and commercially defined to a +/-10% level, and the Final Investment Decision (FID) will be taken by the Government of Uganda, UNOC and the Albertine Graben Refinery Consortium. The Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) work will then follow. Commissioning and Operation of the refinery respectively will follow EPC.

Social and Environment activities The Environmental Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) study is to be undertaken as part of the pre-FID activities to ensure that the construction and operation of the refinery does not have adverse social and environmental effects. The ESIA report will be submitted to NEMA for review and approval after the study. The Uganda refinery site forms part of the Kabaale Industrial Park which sits on a 29.57 square km piece of land that was fully acquired by the Government of Uganda and for which a successful resettlement action plan was implemented.

Logistics and Infrastructure Ultra-heavy equipment and construction materials will have to be transported to the site of the refinery in Kabaale over the period of EPC. In view of this, preliminary logistics studies have identified existing “bottlenecks” requiring upgrades (roads, ports, bridges) along the probable routes of transportation. UNOC is working closely with the Government of Uganda and the other important stakeholders on implementation of the required upgrades.

Agreements On 10th April 2018, a project framework agreement was signed by the Government of Uganda, UNOC and the Albertine Graben Refinery Consortium and is the basis for

execution of the pre-Final Investment Decision (pre-FID) activities that are currently underway. Following FID, a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV, referred to as Refinery Co) to construct, own and operate, the refinery will be formed. The next related main agreements will be Implementation and Shareholder documents, Crude Oil Supply agreement and Offtake agreements, and Refinery Company incorporation among others. These agreements will provide a robust commercial and legal structure for the project which is critical to achieve Project Financing and project viability for several decades.

Project Financing The Refinery Project will be funded through a mix of equity and debt financing. There is a provision for the upstream operator companies and the East African Community partner states, if interested, to invest in the up to 40% shareholding of the Government of Uganda in the refinery.

Project Benefits for Uganda The refinery project benefits for Uganda include high amounts of revenue, improvement of the balance of trade by increasing exports, energy security, job creation, local content, new infrastructure, logistics improvement and technology transfer. It is estimated that during construction, between 5,000 and 10,000 jobs will be required and during the operation phase up to 1,000 jobs will be required by the project. Significant to note is the benefit of Uganda producing petroleum products inside the country and having the supply of energy to the Ugandan economy being secured from significant external interruption.

217

Ministry of Water and Environment REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

CHAPTER 7

WATER AND ENVIRONMENT

218

219

Sam Cheptoris, MP Minister for Water and Environment

In order to prevent further degradation of our environment and to ensure reliability of water supply, the sector and its stakeholders are implementing a number of activities which include restoration of wetlands, demarcation of national forestry boundaries and eviction of encroachers, tree planting in Central Forest Reserves and at community level, protection of river banks, and water source and catchment protection. Other areas of focus include close monitoring of the environmental effects of oil and gas abstraction activities, and monitoring and management of e-waste and the increasing use of chemicals. Acquisition and operation of modern equipment for meteorological services in the country is being prioritized to ensure accurate and reliable data to support production. In addition, implementation of the decisions made by the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change in order to transform Uganda’s society to build resilience to climate change, and an economy based on low carbon power sources for sustainable development has been prioritized.

Uganda is endowed with vast water and environment resources as you will see later in this chapter. More than ever before, the prudent and sustainable management of these resources has become an important aspect of nations as illustrated by Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Thus the Water and Environment Sector offers strategic contribution to Uganda’s transformation to an industrial and middle income country by 2040. This will be done through implementation of the National Development Plan II targets, the Sector Development Plan (2010-2020), and the Presidential Strategic Directives (2016-2021). The availability of adequate water resources is central to hydro-power development, agriculture, industrialization, tourism and mitigation of climate change; while prudent management of the environment is essential for sustainable development because it balances the demand and supply of natural resources on one hand and the absorption and supply of waste products on the other hand. According to the study undertaken by the Water and Environment Sector, Contribution of Water and Environment Resources Development to the Country 2016, it is anticipated that with strategic intervention and implementation of the planned outputs, the sector would be able to contribute 9% of the National GDP as per the National Development Plan II targets. This therefore should consequently contribute to the attainment of the Vision 2040 in totality as well as the SDGs. The water resources are being protected by implementation of catchment based integrated water resources management activities through the four Water Management Zones. About 30 surface and groundwater monitoring stations have been upgraded from manual to telemetric data collection and transmission which forms a major component in the development of an Early Warning Telemetry System since it enables quick dissemination of information to the users. The monitoring stations form a vital component of the national water information system which is being established, with the overall objective of providing real time accurate data on the state of our water resources. 220

The sector strategic investment plan indicates that at least nine (9) times the present annual level of funding is required over the next 12 years if we are to achieve the targets under the Vision 2040 and the SDGs. Additional resource mobilization, coupled with efficient use of available resources is therefore one of the key sector priorities being pursued. On behalf of the Government of Uganda, I express our gratitude to the Sector Development Partners, the Civil Society Organizations and the Private sector for all the support given in the implementation of our strategic plans.

Ngora-Nyero-Kumi Water Supply and Sanitation System

Ministry of Water and Environment REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

Plot 21/28 Port Bell Road, Luzira Tel: +256 414 505942 | Email: mwe@mwe.go.ug www.mwe.go.ug

Okot Alfred Okidi

Permanent Secretary Ministry of Water and Environment

Constrution of Bududa Water Treatment Plant The significance of safe water and sanitation in human development need not be over-emphasized. Increasing sanitation coverage has a large impact on reducing child deaths from diarrhea and other causes. Therefore the Ministry of Water and Environment is continuously working towards providing safe and clean water to all through development of the necessary infrastructure. The focus is thus on increasing safe water coverage, sanitation and hygiene levels in rural and urban areas, increasing functionality of water supply systems, integration of gender in water development, prudent water resources management, and promoting catchment based integrated water resource management. As of June 2018, the percentage of the population using an improved drinking water source in the rural areas was at 70% while in urban areas the percentage of the population using an improved drinking water source improved from 70% in 2017 to 78% in 2018. The percentage of the population in rural areas with a hand washing facility was at 36.5% in June 2018, while in the Urban areas, the percentage of the population with a pool hand washing facility as of June 2018 was at 39.5%. We have water quality testing/monitoring equipment for pollutants and toxic wastes from oil across the country. In order to reduce our dependency on rain-fed agriculture and to increase our food security, Government has constructed and rehabilitated a number of large irrigation schemes in the Country. New large and micro irrigation schemes are still being developed in various locations. Water for production storage capacity stands at 39.32 million m3 (June 2018). Water for Production facilities functional rates stood at 86.7% in 2018. There has been increased resilience to climate change in terms of adaptation and mitigation for the socio-economic development.

Regarding automation of climate monitoring network from 10%40% by 2020, this will involve integrated climate change policy interventions in all sector development plans that will strengthen the institutional and human capacity for effective delivery of meteorology services. In the effort of building a sustainable green economy, the Ministry is implementing the Kaveera ban and cancellation of all land titles which were issued in wetlands after 1995 because wetlands are important ecosystems, which contribute to the national economy and livelihoods. To this effect, the Ministry prepared and launched volume 1 and 2 of the National Wetlands Atlas to guide this cancellation process. The sector still faces a challenge of inadequate financing to meet the sector targets as stated in the National Development plan (NDPII) and acquisition of land by government for new water infrastructures. The Ministry urges all Ugandans to join in enforcing the relevant laws and regulations to safeguard and ensure sustainable utilization of our water and environment resources.

Ministry of Water and Environment REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

Plot 21/28 Port Bell Road, Luzira Tel: +256 414 505942 | Email: mwe@mwe.go.ug www.mwe.go.ug 221

Water Infrastructure Development: Propelling Sustainable And Inclusive Economic Growth (large gravity flow schemes, large motorized piped water schemes and solar powered mini-piped water systems), and promotes use of Appropriate Technologies and Sanitation (ATC) practices in rural areas. The rural water supply technology options include protected springs, shallow wells, deep boreholes, rainwater tanks and Gravity Flow Schemes (GFS) taps. Large Gravity Flow Schemes are water schemes that traverse local government boundaries expected to connect 2,000 households to safe and clean water.

Hon. Ronald Kibule, Minister of State for Water

Water infrastructure development in Uganda is undertaken by the Directorate of Water Development (DWD) in the Ministry of Water and Environment (MWE). The Directorate is responsible for planning, implementation and supervision of the delivery of urban and rural water and sanitation services, and water for production across the country. DWD is also responsible for regulation of water supply and sanitation, capacity development and other support services to Local Governments, Private Operators and other service providers. The Directorate comprises Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Department, Water Utility and Regulation Department, Urban Water Supply and Sewerage Department, and Water for Production Department. 1. Rural Water Supply and Sanitation The Uganda Bureau of Statistics projected Uganda’s population to be 38,669,810 by mid 2018 at an average annual growth rate of 3.0%, with 80% (30,967,593) living in rural areas. The provision of rural water supply and sanitation covers villages (at the level of Local Council 1) with scattered population in settlements of up to 1,500 people, and Rural Growth Centres (RGCs) with populations between 1,500 and 5,000. The Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Department (RWSSD) is responsible for the provision of safe water and sanitation services in rural areas across the country. The department coordinates the utilization of the District Water and Sanitation Conditional Grant (DWSCG) to District Local Governments (DLGs), provides support to the planning and development of water supply and sanitation projects 222

Solar Powered Mini-Piped Water Schemes: The Ministry discourages shallow well technology because of their high vulnerability to contamination, leaving the deep borehole as the preferred technology in areas where springs and GFS technologies cannot be implemented. The main objective of this technology is to transform the rural water supply infrastructure from the traditional hand pumped groundwater wells to those powered by either solar energy, wind energy or any other alternative form of renewable energy. The Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Department has recently embarked on a project to supply water for smallholder farmers as a means to boosting their agricultural production. So far, 100 Solar Powered Mini-Piped Water Schemes have been constructed.

Climate Resilient Public and Institutional Sanitation Project (CRIPS)

The project targeted flood prone peri-urban areas in the Eastern Uganda. The scope of work included construction of climate resilient sanitation facilities in schools and in public places that will withstand floods. Technologies promoted included Enviroloos, Cess Pits and Lined Ventilated Improved Pit Latrines.

Technical Support Units

The RWSSD has decentralized Units known as Technical Support Units (TSUs) which provide support to the District Local Governments in the utilization of the DWSCG, and overall implementation of water and sanitation activities. The DWSDCG finance construction of water supply and sanitation facilities, community sensitization and mobilization in rural areas. There are ten (10) TSUs across the country each TSU comprising of a team of specialists i.e. Water and Sanitation Specialist (WSS), Community Development Specialist (CDS) and Public Health Specialist (PHS) who provide support in planning, budgeting, accountability, strengthening team building and coordination among all stakeholders in the local governments, procurement and contract management, training in improve Operation and Maintenance (O&M) of water and sanitation facilities, verification of water and sanitation

Uganda has a total of 498 urban centres comprising a City, 55 Municipalities and 442 Town Councils and Town Boards hosting 21% of the country’s population. In addition there are more than 1,100 Rural Growth Centres (RGCs) with a population of about 3.3 million which are expected to be gazetted as urban centres in the near future. The second National Development Plan (NDP II) aims to increase access to safe water in urban areas to 95% (100% in National Water & Sewerage Corporation (NWSC) towns) by 2020. Apart from construction of new systems, substantial investment needs to be made in rehabilitation and replacement of infrastructure that has reached the end of its design life, or that has become insufficient to cover the growing demand. Therefore, emphasis is put on what happens to the completed water supply systems which are handed over to NWSC. Currently over 150 towns have been handed over to NWSC for O&M.

Solar Powered Water Supply System activities being implemented by the local governments, and post construction management. The TSUs have greatly improved utilization of the DWSCG leading to improvement in the livelihood of the rural communities in the country. This has directly translated into improved performance of the DLGs in provision of safe water and sanitation services.

The Urban Water Supply and Sewerage Department (UWSSD) is currently implementing its mandate through the Water and Sanitation Development Facilities (WSDFs), Integrated Water Management Development Program (IWMDP), Lake Victoria Water and Sanitation Project III (LV-WATSAN III), Strategic Towns Water and Sanitation Program (STWSSP), and Umbrella Authorities.

Water and Sanitation Development Facilities

RWSSD also has a Sanitation Unit to oversee promotion of sanitation and hygiene across the country, and scale up sanitation and hygiene approaches and technologies. The Unit works with the Ministries of Health, and Education and Sports, Civil Society Organizations, the Media and the Private Sector to ensure promotion of sanitation and hygiene.

Water and Sanitation Development Facilities (WSDFs), de-concentrated structures of the Ministry of Water and Environment under the Urban Water and Sewerage Department were established in the regions of South-Western (WSDF-SW), Northern (WSDF-N), Eastern (WSDF-E) and Central (WSDF-C) in Mbarara, Lira, Mbale and Wakiso respectively. The WSDFs employ a demand driven approach in identifying Small Towns (STs) and RGCs for support. The interested STs and RGCs submit their applications which are ranked according to a transparent procedure, and then the WSDF recommends the applicants to be put on either the “selected towns list” or the “waiting list” according to available funds.

2. Urban Water Supply and Sewerage

Umbrella Authorities

Sanitation Unit

Uganda’s urban population is about 10 million and is expected to increase to over 20 million by 2040. Providing infrastructure for safe water supply and sewerage services in urban areas is therefore a key element in Uganda’s sustainable and inclusive economic growth.

The UWSSD also created six (6) Umbrella Authorities between 2002 and 2014 to provide O&M support services for small water supply schemes: 434 schemes gazetted as of August 2018 serving about 2.5 million people, 93% of which are functional, and 89% of water samples comply with drinking water quality standards.

Lake Victoria Water and Sanitation Project III

Lake Victoria Water and Sanitation Project II (LVWATSAN II) constructed three (3) Feacal Sludge Management Systems (FSMs) in Mayuge, Bukakata and Ntungamo. Feasibility studies for water supply and sanitation projects to be undertaken by LVWATSAN III were completed and development of detailed engineering designs are ongoing. The prospective areas include Greater Gomba Area (Kanoni, Bulo, Nsabwe, Ngomanene, Kiriri, Bukandura, Rugaga, Kabulasoke, Butiti, Kifampa, Kisozi, Kajumiro and Maddu); Greater Rakai Area (Rakai, Nsaro, Rumbugu, Birabago, Buyamba, Rwanda-Kooki, Dwaniro, Byakabanda, Kamukala and Kibbale); and Greater Bugadde Area (Bugadde, Kityerera, Busakira and Kuluuba).

Water Management Development Programme

The Bukwo Water Treatment Plant in Bukwo District

The program continues with the construction of Koboko, Rukungiri and Katwe-Kabatooro Towns Water Supply and Sanitation Systems; while Pallisa and Nyero-Ngora-Kuumi systems are in substantial completion stage. The designs for Butalejja, Busolwe, Budaka, Kadama, Tirinyi and Kibuku water supply and sanitation systems are ready. 223

Energy for Rural Transformation

Energy for Rural Transformation III (ERT III) contracts for the installation and commissioning of solar photovoltaic (PV) energy packages for water supply systems in Buvuma, Irundu, Namayumba, Namwiwa, Buhunga, Amudat, Kubala, Dzaipi, Oromo, Minakulu, Kapelabyong, and Kotido) were executed. Buvuma, Irundu, Namwiwa, Namayumba and Buhunga sites were handed over. Oromo, Minakulu, Dzaipi, Kotido, Kaperabyong, Kubala and Amudaat also handed over.

3. Water Utility and Regulation

Energy for Rural Transformation (ERT) III is being implemented with funding from the International Development Association, Global Environment Facility and Government of Uganda

Faecal Sludge Management

The DWD established a Regulation Unit in 2009 which recently transformed into the Water Utility and Regulation Department (WURD). This department is mandated to regulate water authorities and manage piped water systems by contract as enshrined in Cap 152 of the Water Act. The respective water authorities are NWSC and Regional Umbrella Organizations. The functions of WURD include: i. Standards and Guidelines: definition of key performance indicators and specification of performance targets to be fulfilled by Water Supply and Sewerage Authorities (WSSAs) together with incentives or penalties applied to achieving such performance targets. Furthermore, WURD develops guidelines to be followed by service providers, such as for tariff setting, water quality, corporate governance and customer handling; ii. Tariff: receive and review Business Plans and tariff proposals from WSSAs and their respective service providers. Recommend for approval of tariffs, balancing objectives of cost-recovery, efficiency, affordability and sustainability; iii. Performance Monitoring: enter into performance contracts with WSSAs that stipulate annual performance targets. To monitor the performance by collecting and reviewing technical and commercial service performance of WSSAs, and benchmark and publish information on quality of water and sewerage services; iv. Competition: identify economically viable service areas and recommend variations to these areas on an on-going basis; resolve any dispute between different service providers, including bulk tariff issues and network access with a view to providing a level playing field for all types of providers; and v. Customer protection: receive and resolve customer complaints, resolve disputes between customers and service providers, develop customer management guidelines and guidelines for customer rights and responsibilities. Furthermore, disseminate information to customers and consumers regarding tariff increases and other relevant information about water and sewerage services.

4. Water for Production (WFP) Water for Production (WFP) refers to development and utilization of water resources for productive use in crop irrigation, livestock, aquaculture, rural industries and other commercial uses. Globally, Water for Production accounts for over 80% of water withdrawn for use, however, in Uganda it is less than 2% with a sharp increase in demand primarily due to climate change and degradation of natural resources.

Sprinkler Irrigation System

The overall goal of the WFP department is the development and management of cost-effective and sustainable water supply for increased production and modernization of the agricultural sector in Uganda with a focus on poverty reduction and minimizing adverse environmental impacts. The cumulative water for production storage stands at 9.32 million m3 as at 2018. Functionality of WFP facilities stands at 86.7% as of 2018. 84% of WFP facilities had functional management systems in 2018. The mandate for WFP facilities in Uganda is shared between MWE and other Ministries. Regarding water for agricultural development, MWE is responsible for “off-farm” activities while the Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Industry and Fisheries (MAAIF) is responsible for “on farm” activities. “offfarm” refers to development of water sources and transmission (bulk transfer to farm gates) while “on-farm” refers to irrigation infrastructure, water use and management. With regard to water for energy, MWE works with Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development, while for water for Industry, MWE produces water to the Industries premises and Ministry of Trade, Industry and Cooperatives is responsible for water use and management in the industries.

Implementation of WFP programs Water Reservoir Tank 224

MWE undertakes several programmes and projects to provide WFP facilities in order to improve the livelihoods of the people in rural areas. It constructs and rehabilitates earth dams and valley

tanks mainly in the cattle corridor that stretches from Isingiro in the South West to Karamoja in the North East. Construction works are ongoing for 14 windmill powered water supply systems in Karamoja Sub-region, nine (9) Valley tanks in the Districts of Otuke, Apac and Katakwi, and Mabira Dam in Mbarara District. Four (4) communal valley tanks in the Districts of Kiruhura, Gomba, Kyegegwa and Kiboga were completed. The bulk water transfer programme aims to supply adequate amounts and quality of water all year round for multi-purpose use by conveying large quantities from places of plenty to places of scarcity. MWE is constructing Small and Medium Scale Irrigation Systems countrywide under the Farm Income and Enhancement and Forestry Conservation (FIEFOC) Project II. 16 Small scale Irrigation schemes in the Districts of Bugiri, Soroti, Abim, Amuria, Kaabong, Napak, Oyam, Alebtong, Lira, Nwoya, Lwengo, Mbarara, Isingiro, Mokena, Rukiga and Masaka were recently completed. Olweny irrigation scheme works are 92% complete. MWE also operates and manages earth moving equipment which is hired out to farmers at subsidized rates for construction of valley tanks.

H.E. President Yoweri Museveni launching a Water Supply Scheme

The Permanent Secretary of Ministry of Water and Environment (in suit), staff and other stakeholders at the launch of an ERT Program

MWE plays an important role of technical support to local governments and line ministries. Under MAAIF, water resources assessment and planning for agricultural production; enhancing the capacity of the farmers to access and use water for crop, livestock and fisheries production; promotion of appropriate water harvesting technologies for irrigation and livestock development; promotion of participation of the farmers and the private sector in the financing, development and management of irrigation and livestock water supply systems among others are undertaken.

This is less than 0.5% of the irrigation potential (3,030,000 ha). With a population of over 40m, projected to increase at a rate of 3.26% over the next 30 years, agricultural production needs to increase to cope with the rising population, thus the adoption of this policy.

National Irrigation Policy

Ministry of Water and Environment under Department of Water for Production embarked on the practice of Climate Smart Agriculture through engaging the farmers to practice intensive cultivation with a focus on implementation of irrigation regimes used for improving agriculture production and ensuring food security at household level.

The National Irrigation Policy was approved by Cabinet on 12th February 2018. The Policy goal is to ensure sustainable availability of water for irrigation and its efficient use for enhanced crop production, productivity and profitability to contribute to food security and wealth creation. The Policy targets an additional 1,500,000 ha to be irrigated by 2040. Globally, irrigated land produces 40% of Global food (IFAD, 2005), however, in Uganda only 0.2% (15,000 ha) out of an estimated 8.85 million ha of farmland is irrigated.

Climate Smart Agriculture

The Climate Smart Agriculture approach consists of a suite of tools and methods that when implemented in a sustainable manner leads to achievement of three (3) basic objectives; i. Mitigation of environmental damage caused by traditional agricultural practices. ii. Adaptation of farming methods and regimes that cope with the uncertainty and variability of climate change. iii. Food security and improved agricultural production and profitability for the growers.

WFP Centers

The Water for Production Department de-concentrated activities to Regions in the country for effective delivery of services through promotion of Climate Smart Agricultural approaches aimed at ensuring sustainable use of Water for Production, avoiding, minimizing and mitigating adverse environmental and social impacts associated with projects, as well as adopting a gender sensitive and equitable approach. The regional offices are located in Mbale for the Eastern and Karamoja Sub-Region; Lira for Northern, West Nile and Upper Central SubRegions; and Mbarara for Lower Central Sub-Region and Western Uganda.

Ministry of Water and Environment REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

Plot 21/28 Port Bell Road, Luzira | Tel: +256 414 505942 Email: mwe@mwe.go.ug | min_waterug Ministry-of-Water-and-Environment-1235333893251781 www.mwe.go.ug 225

Water Resources Management in Uganda Water has a unique place in the resources of Uganda. It is essential in sustaining all forms of life, encouraging food production, promoting economic development and for general wellbeing. Water is vital for green growth and the three pillars of sustainable development: Economic growth, Environmental protection and Social development. Water is impossible to substitute for most of its uses, difficult to de-pollute, expensive to transport but a manageable natural resource capable of diversion, transport, storage and recycling.

226

There are two distinct water resources categories (surface and ground water) which are part of the earth’s hydrologic cycle. Surface and ground water resources play a major role in domestic water supply, watering livestock, industrial operations, hydropower generation, agriculture, marine transport, fisheries, waste discharge, tourism, and environmental conservation. The water resources of a region, conceived as a dynamic phase of the hydrologic cycle are influenced by climatic, physiographic and geological factors. Water resources in Uganda comprise of large lakes like; Lake Victoria, Kyoga, Albert, George and Edward; wetlands and rivers, such as the Nile River, Katonga, Semliki, Malaba; rainfall, surface water runoff and ground water. Two or more of these water resources are shared by other riparian states that are part of the Nile Basin. Activities in the catchments are depleting and degrading the water resources and therefore reducing on the available amount, yet there is a high growing demand for water that is of good quality and also in abundance due to the rapid population growth. Diminishing forests and wetlands, soil erosion and depleting underground water are some of the adverse occurrences threatening our water resources, not to mention climate change and the arising disasters like floods. To reduce the impact of the above environmental problems, one of the most important ways to protect the environment is to protect water resources.

Directorate of Water Resources Management (DWRM)

In order to control and protect the water resources, the Directorate of Water Resources Management (DWRM) was established. DWRM is mandated to develop and manage the water resources of Uganda in an integrated and sustainable manner, so as to secure and provide water of adequate quantity and quality for all social and economic needs of the present and future generations with full participation of all stakeholders. The directorate is responsible for implementing the provisions of the Water Act regulating water abstraction and discharge of waste water into the environment. It processes permits to regulate abstraction of water using motorized pumps, construction of dams, drilling for water and discharge of water waste back into the environment.

Water Management Zones

The directorate undertook a paradigm-shift from central management to catchment-based water resources management through four deconcentrated structures known as Water Management Zones (WMZs). This was done to implement the principle of management 227

Rwizi Catchment Management Committee inspecting the Uganda Breweries Outlet into River Rwizi

Katonga Catchment Management Organization Members after a meeting 228

within catchment boundaries, as opposed to administrative boundaries. Each catchment is being transformed into a Catchment Management Organisation (CMO) consisting of Stakeholder forum, Catchment Management Committee (CMC), Catchment Management Technical Committee, and Catchment Management Organization Secretariat. There were 16 CMOs in the country as of end of June 2018. In addition, catchment management structures at the sub-catchment and micro catchment have also been created.

Water User Permits

Permits issuance and compliance checks for abstraction, construction and wastewater discharges are done regularly. Community driven developments and strategic interventions projects for alternative livelihoods/restoration of degraded catchment, wastewater treatment, promotion of renewable energy, fruit/fish farming are being undertaken in selected districts. Before a permit for any use is issued, the applicant must provide information on their planned operations. This ensures sustainable allocation of the water resources. These permits are issued for a period not exceeding five years with standard and site specifications which must be adhered to at all times by the permit holder. The types of permits issued are: i. Ground water abstraction permit ii. Surface water abstraction permit iii. Water waste discharge permit iv. Borehole drilling permit v. Hydraulic works construction permit

of water resources at the lowest appropriate level in order to enhance an integrated approach and stakeholder participation. The four WMZs are; Albert (Fort Portal), Upper Nile (Lira), Kyoga (Mbale) and Victoria (Mbarara). So far, seven catchment management plans for selected degraded catchments have been developed to guide sustainable development and management of water resources in those catchments. This approach is intended to cover the whole country and catchment-based management plans from degraded catchments like R. Rwizi, Aswa Mpanga and Awoja have been developed. It is through catchment management plans that stakeholder participation is being enhanced at all levels including the private sector, local governments, non-governmental organizations, academia and the citizenry. Some of the main features of the plans are wastewater management, water use efficiency, tree planting and wetland restoration.

Catchment Management Organisations

Water resources planning, development and management is being undertaken

Submitting a permit application: 1. Request for application forms from DWRM offices in Luzira and the four regional WMZs offices (Mbarara, Fort Portal, Mbale and Lira) or download it from the Ministry of Water and Environment website. (www.mwe.go.ug) 2. The permit application form is completed in triplicate 3. The applicant is issued with a bank payment advice form (BPAF) from DWRM after presenting a Tax Identification Number (TIN) 4. The applicant then submits two sets (and retains the third) of completed permit application forms to the DWRM with a copy of the payment receipt The permit processing fees: • Surface water abstraction permit UGX 450,000 • Ground water abstraction permit UGX 450,000 • Drilling permit UGX 500,000 • Construction permit UGX 500,000 • Wastewater discharge permit UGX 650,000 • Easement certificate UGX 100,000 229

Water Resources Monitoring and Assessment

Water resources data and information is a critical requirement for socio-economic development. Therefore, the Ministry of Water and Environment manages a water quantity information system through a network of surface water and groundwater stations that collect data on the amount of water in different lakes, rivers and groundwater aquifers daily. The information is used to design infrastructure such as water supply schemes, bridges and hydro power schemes. Real time data is used to provide forecasts for floods and droughts. Information is also used to assess long term variation of water resources in response to climatic variability and climate change to guide water allocation.

Upgrade of stations to Telemetry

24 surface water stations and 10 groundwater stations have been upgraded from manual to real time data transmission. Real time data from telemetric stations is a major component in the development of an Early Warning System (EWS) since it enables quick dissemination of the resulting information products to users. EWS is particularly more important now than ever before due to increased magnitude, frequency and unpredictability of extreme weather events.

The Minister of Water and Environment, Hon. Sam Cheptoris commissioning a Mobile Water Quality Testing Laboratory

Water Quality Management

The Ministry of Water and Environment operates a National Water Quality Monitoring Network with 119 stations. These stations monitor the impact of human activities and effluent discharge from industries on the quality of water resources, and the quality of drinking water from point sources. Since July 2011, the water quality monitoring network was decongested to the four Water Management Zones (WMZs) with each zone assuming stations in its hydrological boundary.

National Reference and Regional Water Quality Laboratories

A three-tier laboratory system is operated by the Ministry for water quality analysis. Water quality information derived from water sample analysis is used for decision making and management of water resources in the country. At the apex, Tier 1, is the National Water Quality Reference Laboratory (NWQRL) located at Entebbe. Tier 2, are the four Regional Water Quality Laboratories (RWQLs) in the four WMZs located in Mbale, Lira, Fort Portal and Mbarara. Tier 3, are basic laboratories operated by other government or non-government agencies. These laboratories analyze water samples to provide quality assurance to consumers. Tier 2 and Tier 3 laboratories are supervised by the National Water Quality Reference Laboratory (NWQRL). The NWQRL is finalizing arrangements for registration of all water testing laboratories in the country and will establish a national inter-laboratory comparison scheme in order to check reliability of results produced by the Tier 1 and 2 laboratories.

International and Transboundary Water Affairs

The International and Transboundary Water Affairs Department coordinates management of shared water resources with the overall objective to secure and safeguard Uganda’s interests to ensure availability of water to meet her ecosystem and national development needs. The strategic areas of focus are cooperative management initiatives through Lake Victoria Basin Commission (LVBC), Nile Basin Initiative (NBI), Nile Equatorial Lakes Subsidiary Action Program (NELSAP), African Ministerial Council for Water (AMCOW), Inter-governmental Agency for Development (IGAD), Global Water Partnerships (GWP) and World Meteorological Organization (WMO).

Lake Victoria Basin Commission (LVBC)

The East African Community (EAC) through 230

a protocol established the Lake Victoria Basin Commission (LVBC) to coordinate management and sustainable development of the Lake Victoria Basin. LVBC now has three regional projects: i. Multinational Lake Victoria Maritime Communication and Transport (MLVMCT); ii. Lake Victoria Basin Integrated Water Resources Management (LVB-IWRM); and iii. Lake Victoria Basin Climate Change Adaptation (LVB-CCA).

Water Release and Abstraction Policy for Lake Victoria Basin

The Policy was developed by the East African Community (EAC) and recommends a new regime to regulate the outflow of water from Lake Victoria through the Nalubaale and Kiira hydropower generation facilities at Jinja and downstream on the Nile.

Nile Basin Initiative (NBI)

The Nile Basin Initiative (NBI) was established in 1999 by the 10 countries that share the River Nile basin, to harness the full potential of the water resources for sustainable socioeconomic development. NBI has been instrumental in development of tools and projects for equitable utilization of the Nile Basin water resources of the partner states. Uganda hosts the NBI Secretariat in Entebbe.

Cooperative Framework Agreement (CFA) for the Nile Basin countries

NBI Partner states negotiated the Cooperative Framework Agreement (CFA) for the sustainable management and utilization of the Nile water resources which has been signed by six (6) countries (Ethiopia, Rwanda, Tanzania, Kenya, Burundi and Uganda) and ratified by four (4) countries (Ethiopia, Rwanda, Tanzania and Kenya).

Intergovernmental Authority on Development (IGAD)

Uganda is one of the IGAD Member States and has been implementing the IGADHYCOS project set up to build technical and institutional capacity to collect, store and disseminate timely and accurate hydrological information to enable the efficient management of their water resources.

Albert Water Management Zone Laboratory for testing water quality in the provision, use and management of water resources for sustainable social and economic development, and maintenance of African ecosystems.

Lakes Edward and Albert Integrated Fisheries and Water Resources Management (LEAF) II Project

Lakes Edward and Albert Integrated Fisheries and Water Resources Management (LEAF) Project is implemented by the Nile Basin Initiative (NBI)/Nile Equatorial Lakes Subsidiary Action Program (NELSAP), the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and Uganda in the basins of Lakes Edward and Albert shared by both countries. The Project’s objectives are poverty reduction and sustainable livelihoods of the basin community through (i) creation of institutional and legal framework (ii) promotion and enforcing sustainable fishing procedures and (iii) reversal of catchment degradation and promotion of sustainable use of fisheries and water resources. The Project has three (3) components of (i) Fisheries Resources Development and Management, (ii) Integrated Water Resources Management, and (iii) Project Management and Coordination. Notable achievements include: 1. Harmonization of Standard Operating Procedures. Assessments commenced through Uganda’s NaFIRRI (National Fisheries Resources Research Institute) and DRC’s SENADEP (Service National pour le development des Peches). 2. Construction of a surveillance station and a research station in Kaiso Tonya, Hoima District was initiated with detailed designs completed and approved by Hoima

District and procurement for the works are to commence following acquisition of the land title. 3. Community engagement & sensitization on the proposed infrastructure development. 4. Finalized environmental scoping for the landing sites (Rwenshama in Rukungiri on L. Edward, Mahyoro in Kamwenge on L. George, Kitebere in Kagadi, Mbegu in Hoima and Dei in Nebbi on L. Albert), and obtained the permits to carry out regulated activities in wetlands/river banks/lake shores from the National Environment Management Authority. 5. Management of water hyacinth that forms thick mats making fishing and water transport impossible. The water hyacinth cover also prevents sunlight from reaching submerged microscopic plants that sustain fish food chains in healthy aquatic ecosystems leading to death and decomposition thus depleting oxygen levels. Loss of oxygen from the water increases its acidity and, as a result, aquatic biodiversity starts to decline. The project conducted an assessment of status of water weeds and developed the scope of works and working methods for the control/removal of aquatic weeds.

Water Quality Testing at a Source

African Ministerial Council for Water

The African Ministers’ Council on Water (AMCOW) was formed in 2002 in Abuja Nigeria to promote cooperation, security, social and economic development among Member States through the effective management of the continent’s water resources and provision of water supply services. The mission of AMCOW is to provide political leadership, policy direction and advocacy

Ministry of Water and Environment REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

Plot 21/28 Port Bell Road, Luzira Tel: +256 414 505942 | Email: mwe@mwe.go.ug | min_waterug Ministry-of-Water-and-Environment-1235333893251781 | www.mwe.go.ug 231

WATER RESOURCES INSTITUTE

Ministry of Water and Environment REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

The Water Resources Institute (WRI) is a response to the Ministry of Water and Environment (MWE) reform study (2003 to 2005) that recommended the establishment of a Water Resources Institute to “address current and emerging water resources related issues in the country and globally.” Vision

Why the WRI

Mission

• Ensure the profiling of the centrality of water resources in the economic development of Uganda. • Promote integration of the sector for efficient utilisation of resources and skills. • Provide a neutral forum in which the various users of water have an opportunity to work together, share information and dialogue. • Harness lessons from various studies undertaken. • Provide a systematic feedback mechanism of lessons learnt to influence policy and practice. • Provide a systematic mechanism to follow up on graduate trainees and facilitate them to fit in the work environment.

Uganda’s water resources optimally utilized for all uses.

To be a center of excellence that provides cutting edge applied research & training; a neutral place for dialogue and outreach; for professional skills development across all levels on water resources management and development to influence practice and policy for sustainable social economic development in the country.

Specific Objectives

1. To contribute to achievement of sustainable development and growth in Uganda through positioning water resources as a catalyst for transformational development and growth. 2. To guide the development and management of water resources while navigating its complexity; enhancement and preservation of ecological integrity, social wellbeing, and water security. 3. To demonstrate how water resources development translates in the realization of sustainable economic development.

Values

Professionalism, Innovation, Collaboration, Client focused, Stewardship, Diversity.

The Water Resources Institute will:

Services and Products of the WRI

The WRI will offer services and products in four thematic areas of applied training; applied research; outreach; and dialogue.

Applied Research

Applied Research is a practical problem-solving process that applies innovation to existing water resources and environment challenges faced by the country.

The Rt. Hon. Prime Minister of Uganda Dr. Ruhakana Rugunda launching the Water Resources Institute in Entebbe on 21st March 2018 during the first-ever Uganda Water and Environment Week 232

The Water Resources Institute in Entebbe It shall focus on: 1. Establishing the Water and Environment Sector knowledge requirements in terms of water and sanitation resources management & utilization in a sustainable manner. 2. Defining the research agenda for the sector – based on the sector knowledge needs, the WRI will establish a systematic research agenda that is well coordinated to address particular needs. 3. Respond to the research needs through designing innovation or action learning projects to address these needs. 4. Support implementation of the innovation and action research projects. 5. Design applied capacity building interventions for the sub sector based on findings from applied research processes. 6. Promote policy dialogue using research experiences to communicate and disseminate information.

Applied Training

A systematic and continuous professional development for career growth, offering courses for officers joining the water sector in the country and lifelong learning opportunities. The focus includes: 1. Policy and practice linkages: Generating knowledge on sustainable management and use of water resources production, development and use in a sustainable manner. 2. Continuous professional development: Use existing and new knowledge on water resources and environment management to build and develop professionalism in water development projects. 3. Knowledge into action: Build capacity of sector actors to address water resource challenges. This shall also include development of local level adaption capacity.

1. Generating and agreeing on evidence needed to make changes in policies, strategies, approaches, methodologies, technologies and practices. 2. Developing and validating harmonised approaches, methodologies and technologies. 3. Facilitating use of knowledge from all stakeholders, including traditional and/or marginalized groups. 4. Organising time and space for reflection to draw out lessons from research experience and use these lessons to improve sustainability of water and environment resources. 5. Developing capacities for taking innovations (technologies, approaches and practices) to scale. 6. Ensuring that research influences practice by using the findings to develop innovative solutions.

Institutional Set Up of the WRI

The Institute shall be governed under the current sector legal and policy framework (the Water Act: 1995 and Water Policy: 1999). The Institute will transition into a semi-autonomous apex body for guidance and coordination of all water resources related applied research and applied training in the sector. It shall be led by multi-stakeholder Steering Committee in liaison with the Team Leader to manage the day-to-day functions of the Institute. The institute is being housed at the former premises of the Directorate of Water Resources Management in Entebbe and was officially launched on 21st March 2018 by the Rt. Hon. Prime Minister of Uganda Dr. Ruhakana Rugunda during the first-ever Uganda Water and Environment Week. Strategic partnerships and collaborations will be established with key stakeholders to leverage financial resources and technical expertise.

Financing for the WRI

In the short run, the WRI will be funded through available resources for activities already planned under the MWE; partnerships with academic institutions and relevant other agencies, and support from Development Partners. In the medium to long term the WRI will derive resources by offering consultancy services, accessing long term public funds from government; fees and levies; setting up a research fund, accessing grants from Development Partners and Non-Governmental Organisations.

Outreach

This is the process through which linkages will be created with different sector actors to share information and experiences in water and environment related issues. It shall focus on three elements: 1. Available information customized for various audiences. 2. Building and maintaining partnerships to orient non-sector actors to water resources management. 3. Advocate for integration of water resource issues in economic, social and political processes.

Dialogue

The WRI shall offer structured and well facilitated dialogue at national level that is necessary for improving the water resources management and development in the sector at all levels. It shall focus on:

Water Resources Institute, Plot 17 John Babiiha Road, Entebbe Tel: +256 41 4660608 | wri.mwe.go.ug 233

Directorate of Environmental Affairs: Protecting Uganda’s Environment

The Minister of State for Environment, Hon. Beatrice Anywar

The livelihood of any community is dependent on its environment and natural resources, thus prudent environmental management is any state’s priority. Environmental management in Uganda is spearheaded by the Ministry of Water and Environment’s Directorate of Environmental Affairs. The Directorate is responsible for environmental policy, regulation, coordination, inspection, supervision and monitoring. It is also responsible for restoration of degraded ecosystems, and for mitigating and adapting to climate change. The Directorate comprises of the Departments of Wetlands Management, Environment Sector Support Services and Forestry Sector Support. The Directorate also oversees the Uganda National Meteorological Authority, the National Forestry Authority and the National Environment Management Authority. 234

WETLANDS Managed by the Wetlands Management Department, the goal of managing wetland resources is to sustain their biophysical and socio-economic value for present and future generations. According to the 2015 wetland cover data, the percentage of Uganda’s area covered by wetlands is estimated at 8.9. In order to protect wetland integrity, wetlands have been coded for gazetting as a protected resource. Each drainage basin has a code 01 to 08. In addition, demarcation to show where human activities can be allowed is being undertaken. In an effort to restore the natural integrity of critical wetlands, a Restoration Strategy has been developed to guide restoration where the rate of degradation is 70 times the restoration rate. In order to strengthen the legal and institutional gaps, the following have been done: i.

Establishment of four Regional Coordination Centres in Mbale, Lira, Mbarara and Wakiso to backstop Local Governments in wetlands management. ii. Established a Wetlands Management Advisory Group comprising of major

stakeholders which meets periodically to harmonize policy, lay strategies and guide activities geared towards prudent management of the resource. iii. Reviewing the National Wetlands Policy and formulation of a law to streamline management of wetlands to curb degradation. iv. Development and dissemination to Local Governments and Civil Society guidelines for restoration of wetlands. v. Development of wetlands management plans to regulate access and use of wetland resources as a means of providing for livelihoods.

FORESTRY In 1999, the forest sector reform process resulted in the development of the Uganda Forestry Policy (2001) and the National Forestry and Tree Planting Act (2003). The new dispensation outlined responsibilities for

the central and local governments, the private sector, civil society and local communities aimed at promoting efficient and effective governance of the sector. The framework provided for the Forest Sector Support Department to coordinate efforts aimed at achievement of the national goal of ‘an integrated forest sector for sustainable increases in the economic, social and environmental benefits from forests and trees by the people of Uganda’. Forest cover stood at 11% in 2015 having declined from 24% in 1990 due to deforestation. 12 % of the forests are under strict nature reserve. Forest reserves with management plans are now 36% of the total number of reserves; however, given the strategic interventions from Government, this sector presents vast investment opportunities.

Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation (REDD+) REDD+ is a government project aimed at reducing emissions from deforestation and forest degradation. The objective of the project is to design a socially and environmentally viable national strategy for reducing emissions from deforestation and forest degradation as compared to a reference level. Achievements to date include: i.

The Royal Mile in Uganda's currently largest Central Forest Reserve famous for its historical significance in the Bunyoro Kingdom, and Birdwatching

Identification of REDD+ Strategy options and development of action plan. ii. Strengthening capacity for REDD+ targeting central and local government institutions, Civil Society Organisations, Non-Governmental Organisations and the private sector. iii. Establishment of structures at national and sub-national levels for REDD+ processes. 235

Chimps on the Royal Mile - Budongo, Uganda. Photo by Liran Samuni

iv. Countrywide consultations and awareness about REDD+ with stakeholders. v. Completion of frameworks under Benefits Sharing Arrangements, and Feedback and Grievances Redress Mechanisms (FGRM). vi. Assessment of the likely Social and Environmental implications for SESA REDD+ options. vii. Submission to UNFCCC of Uganda’s Forest Emissions Reference Levels (FERLs). viii. Distribution of seedlings to farmers.

iii. Commodity Market Survey. iv. Capacity building in Climate Smart Agriculture. v. Capacity building in Post-Harvest Handling and Management, Value Addition Technologies, Product Standardization and Food Safety. vi. Preparation of Catchment Management Plans. vii. Distribution of seedlings to farmers in selected districts in the catchment areas.

Farm Income Enhancement and Forestry Conservation Project II (FIEFOC II)

Sawlog Production Grant Scheme (SPGS)

The goal of FIEFOC II is to contribute to poverty reduction and economic growth in Uganda through enhanced productivity and commercialization of agriculture. Specifically the project aims at improving household incomes, food security, and climate resilience through sustainable natural resources management and agricultural enterprise development. The project consists of four components namely: (i) Agricultural Infrastructure Development; (ii) Agribusiness Development; (iii) Integrated Natural Resources Management; and (iv) Project Management. Ongoing projects include: i. Enable Youth Pilot: The Project will identify and support agri-preneurs under the Enable Youth Challenge Fund. It is anticipated that these start-up enterprises will create over 1000 jobs for the Youth. ii. Agribusiness Needs Assessment: Survey of agribusiness potential in the watershed areas of the irrigation schemes.

The overall objective of SPGS is to enhance incomes through commercial tree planting. Over 20 woodlots totalling over 26 Hectares have been established. The projects has also been instrumental in building capacity in forestry management for Local Governments Forestry Staff and tree farmers.

ENVIRONMENT SECTOR SUPPORT SERVICES The Department of Environment Sector Support Services spearheads the following programs: i. Protection and Restoration of degraded ecosystems through implementation of Sustainable Management Plan (SMPs) ii. Multilateral Environment Agreements (MEAs): Negotiation, coordinating ratification and implementation. iii. Coordination, Monitoring, Inspection, Mobilisation and Supervision: Mines, refugee camps, industries and recently the Oil and Gas Sector (Oil Spill Contingency Plan). Artisanal and Small Scale Miners require monitoring to avoid misuse of chemicals, massive tree cutting, poor sanitation, and unregulated water abstraction among others.

Inclusive Green Growth for Poverty Reduction

Songhai Model Farm 236

The Ministry of Water and Environment is the Implementing Partner for Inclusive Green Growth for Poverty Reduction. This five-year programme funded by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) aims at contributing to Sustainable and Inclusive Economic Development (SIED), focusing on natural resource management, livelihoods

improvement and job creation. There are four Responsible Parties (RPs) including; Ministry of Gender, Labour and Social Development, Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development, the National Environment Management Authority and Civil Society. Main achievements to date include: a. Trained Local Government officials in the integration of natural resources management, livelihood improvement and job creation; b. Prepared sand mining guidelines; c. Drafted the National Workplace Based Policy and the National Strategy and Plan for Green Jobs; d. Facilitated the Popularisation of the Environment and Natural Resources Gender Strategy in district local governments in Western (15 districts) and Eastern (28 districts) regions; e. Trained and operationalized Local Environment Committees in the districts of Otuke and Mbarara (335 members); f. Supported restoration of key fragile ecosystems on Mirama hills in Ntungamo district; g. Undertook the set-up and launch of the Uganda Green Incubation Programme (Songhai Centre); h. Sensitisation and training of district leadership in operationalization of the Innovation Fund; and i. Supported the finalization of the Energy Efficiency and Conservation Bill, initiated the implementation of the multi-tier framework for tracking energy access and energy efficiency data base and undertook energy management training for Small and Medium Enterprises.

Population, Health and Environment (PHE) Program Population, Health and Environment (PHE) integrated approach seeks to address the complex connections between humans, their health and economic wellbeing and environment. PHE evolved from the recognition that communities cannot exercise adequate stewardship over their natural resources and environment if their health, nutrition and economic needs are not met. In addition it recognises that high population growth and sustainable use of natural resources can lead to loss of ecosystems, which exacerbates poverty and adversely affects social and economic outcomes. Therefore, advancing a multi-sectoral PHE approach offers an opportunity for sustainable development. Households are selected and supported to meet standards that reflect healthy environments and families, and serve as role models and champions of other families in their communities. PHE model homes have the following as the minimum package and/or practice: • Improved crop varieties; • Tree seedlings that promote agro-forestry; • Water harvesting;

• Energy saving stove; • Improved goats breed: quick maturing and high live weight; • Should have had training in sustainable smart agriculture, agro forestry, water shed management and biodiversity conservation; and • Minimum environmental sanitation and hygiene: drying rack, hand washing facility, kitchen, etc.

Building Resilient Communities, Wetlands Ecosystems and Associated Catchments in Uganda: Enhancing Ugandan subsistence farmers’ ability to deal with climate impacts An estimated 4 million people who live in and around Uganda’s wetlands rely on them for food security. The impact of climate change, coupled with other environmental stresses, is increasing the degradation of wetlands and associated ecosystems. This grant-based project will assist the Government of Uganda take climate change effects into account in managing wetlands. Climate effects include increased climate variability and extreme weather events, such as droughts, floods, high temperatures and violent storms. This project will help Uganda: • Restore critical wetlands to improve ecosystems such as replenishing ground water, improving flood control, and enhancing the livelihoods of subsistence farming communities through fishing and agriculture; • Enhancing the skills of people to diversify their livelihoods and become more resilient to climate shocks; and • Improve the ability of communities in sensitive wetland areas to reduce climate risks and prepare them for climate-related disasters (including through decentralized early warning systems).

Ministry of Water and Environment REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

Plot 21/28 Port Bell Road, Luzira Tel: +256 414 505942 | Email: mwe@mwe.go.ug | www.mwe.go.ug

237

Incorporating Water Governance in the Annual Monitoring and Reporting Framework The Water and Environment Sector revised its reporting framework and incorporated good governance indicators. Ten (10) indicators are in place: five (5) are cross cutting and are of concern to all subsectors and departments in the Sector and will be reported under the sector golden indicators, while the other five (5) are specific to particular departments. The actions needed to improve the results of these indicators will be annually updated.

238

The indicators were tested to evaluate the mode of reporting, quality of available data and better understanding of the associated governance issues linked to the underlying processes. The governance principles assessed are accountability, transparency, participation and inclusiveness. The indicators will be evaluated annually, and measures aimed at improving the results of these indicators will be put in the updated Good Governance Action Plan and Sector Undertakings where necessary. The indicators aim at raising awareness on governance processes and service delivery; and shall support the Civil Society and Development Partners in targeting their support to most critical areas of governance in the sector. Specifically the indicators will: i. Guide the analysis of the efficiency and effectiveness of existing processes, and incorporating water governance in the annual monitoring and reporting framework; ii. Guide the prioritization and targeting of resources by sector players; and iii. Identify and make informed decisions that promote good governance.

Methodology The development of governance indicators focused on governance processes, principles and aspects that have significant impact on water service delivery. The indicators were developed in a step-wise approach starting with the consultation and development of the project approach with the Good Governance Working Group. Establishment of a tentative set of indicators and identification of data sources and gaps was done. The final set of indicators was prioritized from a larger range of potential indicators in a participatory process. Criteria were established of relevance, ease to identify, collect and monitor, regular availability of information/data, and ease to compile, analyze and monitor through existing reporting structures.

Ministry of Water and Environment REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

Email: mwe@mwe.go.ug | www.mwe.go.ug 239

CHAPTER 8

HOTELS, LODGES AND BREWERIES

240

241

Tailored to meet the evolving requirements of business and leisure travelers, all guest rooms feature superb views of Kampala and modern amenities including wireless internet access. Dine at the Paradise Restaurant & Grill, offering a la carte cuisine from around the world, and sumptuous buffet dinners. Seven Seas Restaurant offers a modern fine dining culinary experience perfect for a business lunch. For a quick meeting over a freshly brewed cup of coffee and a light snack, Park Square Cafe is the perfect location. For your recreational enjoyment, the Sheraton Fitness Center is complete with a gymnasium, outdoor pool and newly renovated massage rooms with treatments that will make your stay at the hotel even more relaxing. Whether you’re visiting on business

242

or leisure, Sheraton Kampala Hotel offers renovated meeting rooms with various seating capacities: a magnificent ballroom, two boardrooms, and a rooftop meeting room. Also available is a fully equipped business center with highspeed internet access, fax, photocopying and other secretarial services. Whatever your plans, the staff at the Sheraton Hotel will make your stay a memorable one. Accomodation Retreat to one of our spacious guest rooms and suites including the Presidential Suite, Superior Rooms, Junior Suites, and Park Suites. All rooms have a view of either the city on one side or the beautiful Kampala suburbs on the other.

Facilities Whether you are visiting Uganda for business or pleasure, the Sheraton Kampala Hotel will ensure that your stay is a memorable and relaxing one. We combine local warmth and award winning Sheraton standards to offer services tailored to your needs from apparel shops to salons, and the exclusive 'House of Walker' Whisky Shop, a top of the range Fitness Centre and a fully equipped business center to elegant dining rooms and mouthwatering dishes prepared by our experienced chefs. Meetings and Conferences Whether five (5) or 450 participants, Sheraton Kampala Hotel has facilities to suit any occasion; be it a meeting, special event, seminar, or theme night.

243

BARS AND RESTAURANTS: Park Square Located in the Hotel's Lobby on the ground floor, this is just the right ambience for business meetings, intimate coffee breaks and a cozy bar-lounge experience. Open daily from 9:00 am to 10:30 pm. Paradise Restaurant & Grill Chart your own culinary journey with specialties from around the world, including African specials and a pizzeria. Seven Seas Restaurant Embark on a journey of flavour with our new menu of modern cuisines, perfect for a romantic candlelit dinner. Open for business lunch and dinner from Monday to Saturday. Kyoga Pool Bar and Lounge Relax by the poolside and soak up the Kampala sun. The poolside bar is the perfect place to unwind with a light snack and a drink from the fully stocked bar. Temptations Situated in the Hotel lobby, Temptations offers a range of carefuly put together delights including delicate house-made pastries and sweets, wedding and special occasion cakes, and freshly baked breads of all kinds Temptations will tempt even the strong willed.

244

Victoria Restaurant Located on the first floor with great views of the gardens, Victoria Restaurant serves a full American style buffet breakfast, and is also suitable for high profile lunches, cocktails and dinners. Equator Bar & Lounge Lounge in the intimate ambience of rich natural hues and dark woods that give the Equator its sleek appeal. Cherish the art of cocktails, sip on a local or international beer, or sip on an exotic medley of Martinis and specialty drinks. La Terrasse Come and relax away from the hustle and bustle of the city at La Terrasse Garden Lounge with bird watching and refreshing greenery. Ideal for corporate cocktails, small dinners, private parties, baby showers, anniversaries, bridal showers, birthdays, christening and other celebrations. We invite you to be part of our rewarding loyalty program The best nights in life are free. Marriott Rewards, The Ritz-Carlton Rewards, and Starwood Preferred Guest (SPG) have come together to form one powerful loyalty program. Start your complimentary SPG membership today to earn and redeem points with more than 6,500 extraodinary hotels across 29 brands worldwide. Redeem points for free nights, flights and so much more. Join our program today, free of charge and learn more about the benefits offered to our members by visiting spg.com/marriot

245

WELCOME TO EXCLUSIVE CAMPS AND LODGES Top quality safari accommodation with a focus on nature, flora, fauna and cultures in the wilderness areas where we are situated. We aim to conserve Uganda’s heritage with low impact tourism, ensuring that we offer experiences to the highest comforts possible for our guests, while operating in a socially and environmentally responsible manner.

Platinum Wilderness Camping

Our ‘Platinum’ Wilderness Camp has been designed to cater for guests who want complete privacy, particularly in areas of Uganda which may not offer suitable alternative accommodation. It is ideal for small groups of VIP guests, or families and for privately guided groups with special interests such as bird-watching. The camp is exclusively erected for the duration of your group’s stay and the location is based on your choice of area you wish to explore. With only eight tents per camp, staff are fully focused on good service, great food and our guests’ ultimate comfort. Each large airy tent which is, of course, insect-proofed, has a well-furnished bedroom area with double or twin beds, good solar lighting and en-suite bathrooms. We provide eco-friendly flushing toilets and hot bush showers. Quality mattresses and bed linens are used to ensure a good night’s rest after the day’s activities. A dining tent with lounge annex provides a central area for guests to gather for meals and to relax. Meals are freshly prepared by experienced safari chefs and include sundowner aperitifs and picnics when the itinerary requires. A well-stocked bar is also naturally included and specific preferences can be arranged with advance notice. We ensure the camp is fully outfitted with 4×4 safari vehicles, guides and also boats when required (in suitable sites) for guests’ activities. Or, if they prefer, they may arrive with their own vehicles and we will simply provide ‘camp services’. We are completely flexible and happy to accommodate any request.

Locations • Murchison Falls National Park • Queen Elizabeth National Park • Lake Mburo National Park • Semliki National Park

Ishasha Wilderness Camp - Queen Elizabeth National Park, Uganda Situated within the Southern Ishasha sector of Queen Elizabeth National Park on the Ntungwe River, Ishasha is an idyllic retreat for people who truly enjoy the wilderness. This exclusive camp offers superb quality accommodation and services in this unspoilt remote section of the Park - famous for its tree climbing lions that can sometimes be spotted resting in the branches of the large fig trees in the area. Within the park, the wildlife is free to pass through the camp and elephants can be seen bathing in the river, buffalo enjoy grazing and resident troops of Black-and-White Colobus and vervet monkeys are frequently viewed from the camp.

246

In the evening, the outdoor fireplace is the perfect place for guests to relax with sundowners and share their day’s experiences. Meals are freshly prepared with many local ingredients, offering a balance of international and locally flavoured cuisine. Other Services • Attentive security staff are always on hand to escort you and assist should you feel the wildlife is too close for comfort! • Bush Breakfasts and Sundowners within the wilderness of the National Park complete the ‘bush’ experience offered at Ishasha Wilderness Camp. • Complementary Wi-Fi internet, recharging facilities and a curio/local craft shop are available on site. Activities • Safaris in the Ishasha Sector of Queen Elizabeth National Park. • Community Tours & Visits - Deo’s Model Homestead Tour & Agartha’s Taste of Uganda Tour. • Hot Air Ballooning - Early morning flight over Ishasha offers stunning vistas of the park and surrounding Rwenzori Mountains. • Chimpanzee Trekking in Kyambura Gorge. • Cruise the Kazinga Channel - A tranquil river cruise with excellent chances of spotting elephants on the river-bank, hippos in the water and a plethora of water-birds. • Birding and Wildlife Walks.

Spacious, Wooden Framed, Canvas Tented Rooms Adjacent to the Ntungwe River, each of the camp’s ten (10) spacious canvas tented rooms has a private verandah overlooking the river. Comfortably furnished with large mosquito-netted beds, all rooms are en-suite with hot ‘bush’ showers, running water for hand basins and a flushing toilet. Restaurant and Bar The thatched central lounge and dining area provides a comfortable setting for meals and relaxation, although meals are often served ‘al fresco’ next to the river. 247

as a good selection of wines and other bar items, all served by our well-trained and experienced Ugandan staff team. When weather conditions allow, guests can enjoy al-fresco dining on our decks or besides the river.

Baker’s Lodge – Murchison Falls Deriving its name from the historic English explorer Samuel Baker, Baker’s Lodge is situated on the South bank of the mighty Nile River which transects Murchison Falls National Park. This intimate, safari styled lodge is set within a large private area with direct river access, large shady trees and wetland areas hosting abundant birdlife along the water’s edge. The views onto the river are vast and magnificent with islands hosting nesting egret birds, elephants bathing and pods of hippos regularly viewed. Spacious Thatched Safari Suites Each of the individual thatched safari suites is raised from the ground on supporting pillars with its own deck overlooking the river. 248

Care has been taken to ensure each of the eight suites has privacy as well as excellent views either up or down stream. The large, airy facilities are fan cooled, have netted windows with opening options, customised solid wooden furniture, hanging mosquito nets and especially selected locally crafted items for the accessories. The en-suite bathrooms are open plan with solar hot water showers and baths with a view in some units. Solar lighting completes the services for this eco-friendly top quality establishment. Restaurant and Bar The thatched central lounge, bar and dining area which is raised with wooden decks all around allowing guests to savour the morning sunrise for breakfast and sunset in the evening with 180 degree river views. Full multi-course dining is offered, as well

Other Services • Our on-site jetty, just meters from the central dining area offers access to our fleet of water-craft. • Excursions include: the base of Murchison Falls, The Nile Delta on Lake Albert, Sunset/Sunrise Cruises or Sport Fishing. • On-site vehicles can be reserved for safari drives on the vast savannah of the Northern Bank, to the top of the falls, or to nearby Budongo Forest to track wild Chimpanzees. • Swimming pool area. • A curio shop of local crafts.

Activities • Safaris in Murchison Falls National Park. • Top of Murchison Falls Hiking and Walk. • Sport Fishing. • Chimpanzee Trekking in Budongo Forest. • Hot Air Ballooning. • Leisure Cruises.

Buhoma Lodge – Bwindi Impenetrable Forest, Uganda A top quality and intimate property, Buhoma Lodge commands spectacular and uninterrupted views of the Bwindi Impenetrable Forest National Park, home to the rare and elusive Mountain Gorilla. One of only two lodges situated within the National Park, we’re a short walking distance from the meeting point for gorilla tracking. An elevated central lounge area, complete with bar, dining and spa facilities, offers a cosy, comfortable environment to discuss the day’s activities around the fireplaces which add atmosphere and warmth in the cool evenings. Chalets with a View Our ten comfortable chalets have been individually designed and carefully built using locally sourced materials wherever possible, without compromising comfort. Each private veranda offers magnificent views of the forest canopy. Each secure chalet is fitted with insect-proof window screens and ecofriendly solar lighting. Our family/honeymoon chalet also features a separate lounge room with an open fireplace. Restaurant and Bar Our open-air lounge and bar area offer uninterrupted views, and whether the eerie mists of the forest envelope you, or your views are crisp and bright, Buhoma offers its own special magic. Relax around our open fireside, or enjoy a few drinks at the bar, followed by a four-course meal freshly prepared from local produce. Complimentary Wi-Fi and charging facilities are available throughout the lodge. Other Services • Spa treatment room - complimentary massage by our trained in-house masseuse. • Complimentary laundry and hiking-boot cleaning service.

• Special occasions - private dining, cultural dancing and interaction, as well as room service. • Responsible Tourism Policy - sustainable local materials used wherever possible, with emphasis on natural, ecofriendly products, which support local communities and businesses. • Water supply is gravity fed and solar power is used for lighting and power points which are limited to the central area. • Curio shop - on site with a range of locally-made crafts. Activities • The Mountain Gorilla Trekking Experience. • Buhoma Community Village Walk. • Bwindi Community Hospital. • The Batwa Tradition & Cultural Experience. • Bwindi Forest Walk. • Bird & Butterfly Watching.

Plot 3 Nsamizi Close, Entebbe | Tel: +256 772 721 155 / +256 414 321 47 | www.ugandaexclusivecamps.com 249

EMBURARA FARM LODGE

Ever thought of waking up in paradise on a farm with the sounds of birds and animals only whispering to you? Book for your favourite and most luxurious room here, you are then ready for a “Life on the farm Experience” Emburara Grass on the farm

250

Emburara Farm Lodge derives its name from a local tall grass called Emburara (Hyperemia ruffa) which the Ankole Cattle keepers treasured and still treasure as the best fodder for their cows as it boosts the fat content of the milk thus enabling the production of high grade cow ghee. Mbarara district, where the lodge is located, is actually believed to have picked its name from Emburara grass that used to cover the whole area. When the first colonialists came into the area they were stunned by the beauty of this grass spanning all over the valleys and hills of Ankole looking as if it were a lawned vegetation. The colonialists asked the local people what the grass was called and they were told its Emburara. In an attempt to pronounce the word Emburara, they mispronounced it as Mbarara. This mispronounced word “Mbarara”, stuck with the locals and hence the name of the current town/district Mbarara. Mbarara district therefore derived its name from the Emburara grass. However, because of the increasing population of people and animals (cattle), Emburara grass started to face extinction. At Emburara Farm Lodge we pride ourselves in making efforts towards the conservation of this endangered species of flora.

Emburara Farm lodge is just 14 Kms away from Mbarara city center on Mbarara – Ibanda road adjacent to Mbarara (Nyakisharara) Airfield. Our proximity to the Mbarara Airfield makes it possible for our guests who may need to fly in and out. We are the only luxury farm lodge strategically located at the centre of mid-western Uganda. For instance we are approximately one hours drive to Lake Mburo National Park, two hours to Queen Elizabeth National park and Kibale National Park and much more. We are also at the centre of the richest culture in the region. While at the Farm, we treat our guests to a number of farm activities such as Okukama (Milking), Okuriisa (herding cattle), Okweshera (taking the cows to the watering trough) and any other activities that increase one’s appreciation of the Ankole Cow. For an unrivaled farm experience in a luxury setting, honeymoon or simply a vacation, Emburara Farm Lodge is an excellent choice for you and our service is tailored to suit your needs and comfort. Our luxury farm lodge has uniquely designed and lavishly spacious accommodation. RESTAURANT AND BAR Egabo Restaurant Our spacious and airy restaurant offers a carefully selected local and international cuisine served in a comfortable and relaxed atmosphere.

251

The restaurant is open daily from 6am to 11pm. Special dietary meals are available on request. Inzoga Bar The Inzoga Bar and Lounge has a cosy and inviting atmosphere. The bar is well stocked and the lounging area is elegant and intimate, simply ideal for laid back evenings or business meetings. Activities Our main activities at Emburara Farm Lodge revolve around the life of the treasured Ankole longhorned cattle. Depending on the time of day you would like to have your experience, our resident tour guide will advise what activities you can take part in. This is because we follow the cow’s natural pattern from waking-up to going to sleep. Our proximity to some of Uganda’s major National Parks gives us the opportunity to offer the excursions below.

252

Lake Mburo National Park

In the middle of an extensive rich acacia woodland lies one of Uganda’s most spectacular and breathtaking game parks; Lake Mburo. The park is remarkably different from other parks. It is the best park to view the gigantic Eland Antelope, Impala, Zebras and Acacia associated birds. Common mammal species include Giraffe, Zebra, Buffalo, Water bucks, Oribi and Defassa. Leopards and Hyenas are present and Lions have also returned to the park after years of poaching and near extinction.

Kibale National Park

Kibale National Park is the most magnificent of Uganda’s tropical rain forests and one of the most rewarding areas to explore. Primate walk (chimpanzee tracking), chimpanzee habituation experience, day hikes/nature walks, bird watching, children activities (only children above 12 years), cultural heritage and nature trails.

Silverback Mountain Gorillas in Mgahinga National Park

Queen Elizabeth National Park

Set against the backdrop of the jagged Rwenzori Mountains, the park’s magnificent vistas include dozens of enormous craters carved dramatically into rolling green hills, offering panoramic views of the Kazinga Channel with its banks lined with hippos, buffalos and elephants, the endless Ishasha plains, whose fig trees hide lions ready to pounce on herds of unsuspecting antelopes. Chimpanzee tracking at Kyambura Gorge, wildlife research tour, game drives, boat trips, cultural heritage and nature trails.

Gorillas & Golden Monkey Trekking at Mgahinga National Park

Deriving its name from Gahinga a Kinyarwanda word for a pile of volcanic lava stone heaps that are all around, Mgahinga National Park is part of a larger ecosystem,

Zebras in Mbura National Park

the Virunga conservation area which includes two adjacent parks in Rwanda and Congo and it is home to part of the 300+ Gorillas located in the Virunga massif where Gorillas and Golden Monkeys habitat. It is indeed the meeting point of Gold and Silver (Gold for Golden Monkeys and Silver for Silverback Gorillas).

Activities include Gorilla tracking, Golden Monkey tracking, Hiking and Nature Walks, Mountain/Volcanic Climbing and Cultural Encounter. To plan your safari, contact our tour desk. We would like to share our wealth of knowledge and enthusiasm for this destination with you and of course book your trip.

Boat ride On Kazinga Channel in Queen Elizabeth National Park

Prior booking is essential. marketing@emburarafarmlodge.com and reservations@emburarafarmlodge.com For general inquiries contact: reservations@emburarafarmlodge.com or info@emburarafarmlodge.com. reservations@emburarafarmlodge.com | C: +256 772 509 600/078 347 7096 | www.emburarafarmlodge.com 253

Adere Safari Lodge, a perfect home in the African wilderness Adere, loosely means Calabash, in Iteso Language. A calabash is an artifact made from the hard shell of a fruit of the gourd family which is dried and hollowed out for serving or storing food and other items. Adere, therefore, symbolizes the care you will get while at Adere Safari Lodge in Kidepo Valley National Park.

The Adere lies on the rugged, semi-arid Kidepo rocks estimated to be more than 1,000 years old. Although deep in the Semi desert, the dazzling Adere Safari Lodge sits in green scenery, built on rocks that spread like a white sheet in Kalukudo village, Lokori Sub-county in Karenga District, in Karamoja sub-region. Right from the entrance which is guarded by very old big stones, one is able to clearly see the magnificent Kidepo Valley National Park. The Lodge aims to create a rendezvous that caters to both local and foreign tourists and anyone who wishes to meet in a setting that is both conducive for business and intimate social gatherings. Accommodation Adere Safari Lodge boasts of hand-made architecture by local craftsmen and comprises 20 self-contained rooms; a Conference Hall, a Boardroom, a Restaurant, a Bar and magnificent gardens overlooking Kidepo Valley National Park. The Lodge takes pride in its swimming pool carved out of big rocks. Family cottages go for USD 700, single rooms go for USD 250 while double rooms go for USD 360 a night. Activities Safari game drives, bird watching, trekking, and visits to traditional caves among others. Animals seen on game drives in Kidepo include lions, elephants, buffalo, zebras, jackals, warthogs and different types of antelopes that include the beautiful klipspringer. 254

Other sightseeing activities include the Kanangorok hot springs, Narus Valley, Mt. Morungule, Namamukweny Valley, Lomej Hills and Mt. Lonyili. Kidepo Valley National Park is surrounded by local communities of the Karamojong and Ik, therefore cultural tours should be top on the activities to do. Entertainment includes local Karamojong music, dances and sports.

Wine and Dine

Adere Safari Lodge stocks French wines, brandy, vodka, vintage champagne, rum, cherry, gin, special mint julep plus many other spirits. The bar’s most popular cocktails include the Caribbean cocktail, which has banana, mango, lime and orange, the Nairobi Night cocktail made with coffee, cream, ice cream and crushed ice, and the Strawberry Delight made from strawberries, ice cream and soda. The food served makes this place a unique gastronome in Kidepo Valley National Park. The Adere Special Dish is the traditional Atapa and ebo, ekyadoi (vegetables) in groundnut sauce or local chicken prepared locally without oil. So for the ardent traveler, who has been keeping Kidepo Valley National Park off their itinerary for fear of not having the comforts of a good hotel, worry not.

Email: book@aderesafarilodges.com Tel: +256 707 340901 | +256 704 340904 aderesafarilodges.com 255

Uganda Waragi:

The Spirit of Uganda What is a spirit? Where does it come from? It’s the warmth of friendship, the chill of anxiety and the energy that moves us... it’s the vibe pulsing through all of us. The spirit defines the individual; it is you! It’s not easily contained, must run free... it must be shared. For hundreds of years, Ugandans have shared their spirit with the world; one that stood out for its uniqueness, its strength and its character. And for 50 years, we have shared it with people both near and far, a true embodiment of who we are, savoured by all. To appreciate the drink that was once referred to as “War Gin” by the colonial masters is to understand its place in Uganda’s history. It is by no accident that it is affectionately known as The Spirit of Uganda. Originally passed down from generation to generation, it was not until after Uganda’s independence that it was first packed and touted as the country’s first manufactured Triple Distilled gin. Uganda Waragi continues to be a high quality world class spirit having consistently won Gold in the Mode Selection Awards for four consecutive years and intends to maintain this legacy into the future. Uganda Waragi is the only gin in the world to use the unique combination of Botanicals including lime peel, nutmeg and cassia bark! It’s a bold vibrant Gin that has over the year’s taken a leading role in bringing people together over the years. Since 1965, it is the spirit that binds Ugandans in celebration; so much so that it proudly and organically took on the colours of the Uganda Flag and the Crested Crane as its symbol, as the brand is an authentic representation of the Ugandan People Its popularity is not singular! It is a gin enjoyed across a wide demographic. In much the same way the Ugandans embrace all around them, with no reservation and no query, Uganda Waragi’s taste is not a preserve of the chosen few.

The evolution of the brand can be seen through the various pack renovations over the years and mostly recently through the BOLD choice to introduce flavoured variants such as UG Coconut and UG Pineapple in order to fit consumers increasing appetite for different tasting drinks. The new flavours have not only captured the diversity of Ugandans, but also given the people new ways to experience their favourite gin. Uganda Waragi comes in glass packaging of 750ml with RRP at Ushs 22,000/=; 350ml at Ushs 11,000; 200ml at Ushs 6,000 and a 200ml PET bottle at Ushs 4,000/=. It is enjoyed best when mixed and some of the simple serves include: • UG Tonic {Fill two-thirds of the glass with ice, pour over 50ml UG Original, add premium tonic water, stir well and garnish with a fresh wedge of lime} • UG Zest- {Fill two-thirds of the glass with ice, pour over 50ml UG Original, add Krest, stir well and garnish with a fresh wedge • UG Fizz- {Fill two-thirds of the glass with ice, pour over 50ml UG Coconut, add Sprite, stir well and garnish with a fresh wedge of lime} The brand mirrors our uniqueness as Ugandans; a bold and bespoke fashion style, our colourful colloquialism captured in our speech and a penchant for celebration at every and any moment, big and small. Uganda Waragi continues to stay true to its message by inspiring Ugandans to celebrate their Ugandaness every day. Here’s to Uganda and to the Spirit that binds us!

White or blue collar, black or white, Uganda Waragi brings us all together. Nothing says UGANDA better than the country’s Spirit. It is therefore only fitting that this drink, an icon of true Ugandaness, is one of the country’s most popular exports. Just like the country and its people, the brand has evolved over the years, speaking to its commitment to staying the market leader and a true representative of the Ugandan spirit today and in the future. Uganda Breweries Limited | Plot 3 – 17 Port Bell | P.O. Box 7130 Kampala - Uganda Tel: 0800200099 | ugandabreweries.com 256

CHAPTER 9

DESIGN AND INTERIORS

260

261

Nina Interiors: Experience Distinction

Nina Interiors Ltd is Uganda’s premium one-stop-shop for office and home furniture, curtains, blinds and decorative accessories since 1991. We have evolved into a fine tuned organization which understands the industry, market and value of customers. With over 80 staff serving in four main departments: Marketing and Sales, Production, Operations and Finance, we are propelled by a vision of being the best in the business. We aim to be a distinct brand widely recognized in the furnishing industry both in Uganda and the East African region.

VISION

To be the best in the Furnishings Industry.

MISSION

To be the preferred provider of furnishing solutions designed for health and comfort.

VALUES

Respect: We respect our customers, staff and stake holders. Integrity: We value honesty and trustworthiness in our work. Teamwork: Our effort as a team can achieve more than as individuals. Quality: We aim to excel in all we do; providing our customers with goods and services quality. Humility: We offer our service to all, putting the needs of others above ourselves. Creativity: We are driven by innovation in our products and service. .

GUIDING PRINCIPLES • Excellence

262

• Teamwork

• Customer Care

WHO WE ARE ABOUT US

Awards, Certifications and Recognitions

CSR

The Nina Interiors Ltd brand has been recognized for its performance and contribution in the market for the past 28 years.

Owned and managed by Mrs Alice Karugaba, Nina Interiors Ltd was established in 1991 as a family run business, to provide quality furnishing solutions to its customers. Our commitment to Corporate Social Responsibility is built on a strong foundation of transparency, governance and ethics, that creates value for Nina Interiors Ltd and our stake holders. Each year we endeavour to give back to our community, lending a helping hand to those who need it. Our focus is on women and children through corporate philanthropy, mostly because they are usually left at the peripheries of social value addition and have to struggle more to obtain the necessities for a comfortable life and growth. The initiatives we undertake help to create a world where every woman and child can better realize their potential.

LOCATION

We are conveniently located in Kampala City centre at Nina House 17, Plot 41 Jinja Road. With a spacious well displayed showroom and a workshop under the same roof of over 2400 sq.mts. Our showroom is fully stocked with quality Home and Office Furniture and furnishing accessories. A convienient shopping atmosphere with ample parking space. Additional warehouse space of 2000 sq.mts is located within close proximity to ensure smooth and quick delivery to customers.

PRODUCTS

Our diverse furniture solutions suit any style and space, ranging from small studio apartments to large office spaces. The product range is focused on Home and Office Furniture, Curtains and Blinds as well as an assortment of Soft Furnishings.

Office Furniture • • • • • • • • • • • •

Office Desks Speech and Q-Stands Computer Tables ConferenceTables Coat Hangers Notice Boards Office Chairs Workstations Steel Furniture Reception Tables Filing Cabinets Safes

Home Furniture • • • • • •

Dining Room Furniture Entertainment Centres Bedroom Furniture Lounge & Coffee Sets Hotel Furniture Outdoor Furniture

Furnishing Fabrics and Accessories

• Upholstery Fabrics • Bed Sheeting Fabric • Sheets

Curtains and Blinds Household Linen • • • • • • •

Bed Sheets Bed Covers Duvets Blankets Table Cloths Napkins Towels

Our Awards and Certifications: 1. AEO Certification (Authorised Economic Operator – URA) 2. Super Brands 2014, 2015. 3. Top 100 Medium Sized Companies in Uganda for 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2016. 4. People’s Choice Awards 2013. 5. ISO 9001: 2015 certified. 6. URA recognition for Continued Compliance and Participation for over 25 years. 7. 2016 MTN Woman in Business CEO of the year award for Resilience in a tough Market, Corporate Governance, Presence in another region. 8. 2013 Achiever of the Year from UWEAL. 9. 2012 Women of Substance from Warid Telecom. 10. 2011 Women mean Business from Techno Serve. 11. Consumer’ choice award for Best Providers of Furniture and Interiors Designers in Uganda 2018. 12. Certification Program for the Equality Seal.

Flooring • • • •

Carpets Carpet Tiles Floor Rugs Door Mats

Design and Décor Accessories • • • • • •

Flower Pots Craft Flowers Vases Wall Art Mirrors Clocks

Custom Made Services

• Table linen • Furniture restoration • Upholstery

Participators Index Adere Safari Lodge...........................................................................................254 Capital Markets Authority (CMA)......................................................................138 Directorate of Environmental Affairs.................................................................234 Emburara Farm Lodge.....................................................................................250 Exclusive Camps & Lodges..............................................................................246 Global Village World.....................................................................................4, 266 GVPedia Communications cc......................................................................4, 266 Kabaale Industrial Park (KIP)............................................................................214 Kiira Motors Corporation (KMC).......................................................................192 Lavender Blinds................................................................................................265 Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development.............................110 Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation (MoSTI)................................190 Ministry of Water and Environment..........................220, 222, 226, 232, 234, 238 National Pipeline Company Uganda Limited (NPC).........................................210 Nina Interiors....................................................................................................262 Proudly African.............................................................................................4, 266 Sheraton Kampala Hotel..........................................................................242, 244 The Uganda Refinery Project...........................................................................216 Uganda Breweries Ltd..............................................................................256, 258 Uganda Investment Authority (UIA)..........................................................130, 132 Uganda National Oil Company (UNOC)...................................202, 210, 214, 216 Uganda Tourism Board (UTB)...................................................................142, 144 Uganda Vision 2040...........................................................................................34 Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA)..............................................................164, 166 Water Resource Institute..................................................................................232

264

UGANDA

Inspired by the beautiful Lavender, Lavender Blinds was established in 2011 to manufacture and install blinds of the highest quality at competitive prices. Over the years Lavender Blinds has grown into Uganda’s leading supplier, manufacturer and installer of blinds offering customers a friendly and professional service. Operating from a modern manufacturing unit and showroom, we have a wide range of blinds that include Roller, Vertical, Roman, Venetian and Panel blinds to suit every taste and need. We are backed by leading international suppliers of major components thereby enabling us to source the best with the widest choice of fabrics and materials available. With our range of diverse and award winning blinds offerings, we have been privileged to beautifully transform homes, offices, schools, hotels, lodges and many other living spaces to the delight of our customers. Our blinds are made with components that have a 5-year guarantee.

Contact us: Block A, Ntinda Complex, Ntinda Road, Kampala Tel: +256 750 919180 | +256 701 919180 Email: customercare@lavenderblinds.com www.lavenderblinds.com

265

Full Service Media, Marketing and Publishing House With over 2O years experience throughout Africa and the world!

Print, Media, Publishing, Production, Graphic Design, Editorial, Copywriting, Proof-Reading, Advertising Design and Campaigns, Website Design and Maintenance, Social Media Advertising - Facebook Marketing Partner. Specializing in full production to print – Coffee Table Books, Annual Reports, Magazines, Corporate Publications, Manuals, branded folders and files, specialty publications, etc. for any print, publishing or media marketing and design needs please enquire.

Email: gia@gvpedia.com | giagvp@gmail.com

www.GlobalVillage.world

267

Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development, Uganda